The Gold Update

The Gold Update: No. 868 – (04 July 2026) – “Get Gold Groovin’!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 868th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 04 July 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Get Gold Groovin’!“

We really like what we’re now seeing for Gold.  After many-a-week of downside drudgery, ‘twould appear the yellow-metal is at least poised to make a turn back up, perhaps substantively so.  More on that in a minute, but first:

StateSide — it being “The Fourth of July” (No. 250) — let’s start with some feuding fireworks from the FinMedia as regards FedHead Kevin “The Warrior” Warsh this past Thursday at 2026’s European Central Bank Forum in Sintra, Portugal.  Both these headlines appeared simultaneously “above the fold” late Thursday by the cited sources:

  • Bloomy:  “Signs of economic strength alongside easing price pressures … Federal Reserve Chair Kevin Warsh saying inflation risks have come down.”

  • CNBS:  “Fed Chief Kevin Warsh … says inflation ‘too high'”

Query:

So which is it?

  • Have inflation risks actually come down, indicative of no rate hike on 29 July?
  • Or is inflation actually too high, supportive of a rate hike on 29 July?

Response:

We already know by simple grade-school arithmetic it ought be the latter.  As our May Inflation Summary (herein posted a week ago) showed — and bearing in mind the Federal Reserve’s targeted +2.0% pace — annualized inflation by May’s 12-month average is running at +4.3%, and by annualizing May alone ’tis +5.8%.  What ever happened to +2.0%?  Warsh wants it.  Thus, the second of those queries clearly is the more appropriate … save that today’s mathematically-challenged FinWorld consensus expects the 29 July Open Market Committee voting to “Not raise!”

“But hang on, mmb, ’cause April’s annualized average was +8.0%, so by that, risks are coming down…”

Squire, any way ’tis couched, every major inflation measure is running well beyond the adamantly Fed-targeted +2.0%.  That stated, perhaps +2.0% has become archaic.  Just as has an S&P 500 price/earnings ratio (now 46.2x) ever returning to the portfolio theory standard of 15x become archaic, (until ’tisn’t).

Specific to Gold, its prior-week teasing of Fair Value (now 3984 per the opening Scoreboard) heralded buying.  Before Gold’s gain of this past week, 12 of the previous 18 were net down.  But price then settled Thursday at 4136 (this holiday-shortened week’s official COMEX close) and yesterday (Friday ) furthered itself to as high as 4208 prior to hitting the abbreviated session’s “trading halt” at 4187 toward Monday settlement, (yes the same unusual scheduling as was the case two weeks ago).

So in turning to Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends since this time a year ago, we’ve printed the Friday “halt” price rather than Thursday’s settle, (as technically we’re already trading Monday).  Moreover, our sense is Gold — at long last — looks to make an up-run toward, in due course, meeting the cascading red dots of the now 16-week parabolic Short trend.  And just in case you’re scoring at home, the midpoint between price (4187) and parabolic (4765) is 4476, i.e. some +289 points above here.  Gold’s expected weekly trading range?  269 points.  So barring Gold going straight up, ’tis still feasible that this parabolic Short trend shall meet its end come month-end:

“Still, that’s moving a lot back above Fair Value, mmb…”

A welcome “teed-up” point there, Squire.  Fair Value is the most ponderously-moving valuation for Gold:  ’tis a very “Big Picture” measure that spans decades.  And earlier this year we found Gold rocketing quite excessively far above Fair Value, the record high of 5586 a distance (then above 3868) of +1,718 points, for which we stated week-after-week (albeit as a bit of a lone wolf) that price had “gotten well ahead of itself”.  Thus came the decline across five months to re-meet Fair Value as herein depicted a week ago, price then straightaway turning back up.

Now Gold appears again ready to get its engines movin’ and start groovin’.  To wit, our one-year chart of Gold astride its BEGOS Market Value, which (per the Scoreboard) at now 4270 is nearly +2% (+83 points) higher than present price.  ‘Tis not far to go given Gold’s expected daily trading range is now 125 points.  Here’s the graphic:

Another of our favourite leading indicators are the “Baby Blues” which measure regression trend consistency.  And it being month-end (plus a few trading days), let’s go ’round the horn for all eight BEGOS Markets.  Each panel charts the last 21 trading days (one month) with its grey diagonal trend line and the “Blues”, for which we specifically address your attention to both Gold and Silver.  Their respective “Blues” have commenced the welcome curling upward from the -80% level, the rule being to expect still higher prices near-term.  We thus placed the “BUY” signal at both crossings, (Silver having come first in closing out June, followed by Gold into week’s end).  Let’s see if near-term Gold tests its mid-panel high at 4404 and that for Silver at 71.65.  Cautiously however, a rate hike scare may not bring those levels to bear:  thus cash management remains as ever paramount.  On verra…

In staying with the BEGOS Markets, for the once-dominant precious metals, they’ve quite literally dropped from first to worst as we go to our year-to-date standings, Copper being the sole element of our Metals Triumvirate still on a podium position.  ‘Course, with a hat-tip to the “Prices Are Not Unidirectional Dept.” one can’t overly complain:  Gold now -3.3% was +64.1% last year, with Silver now -11.5% having been +142.3%.  And with respect to those aforementioned mid-panel highs, if achieved, both Gold and Silver would again be above water on the year:

Furthering the opportunity for the metals to move higher are their having overcome (in part due to comments from “The Warrior”) what had been substantive overhead volume/price resistance per the 10-day Market Profiles, updated below for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  The white closing bars represent Friday’s “halt” prices, (the Profiles themselves as assembled through Thursday):

Now given the leverage of the metals’ equities, year-to-date has been anything but great, their downside fireworks having abetted one’s loss rate.  Yet, this graphic’s bunch are all still up from a full year ago-to-date, with notably Gold the least so at +25%, bettered by Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +30%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +33%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +51%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +63%, Newmont (NEM) +65%, and the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +66%.  But across the board from last winter’s highs, the percentage drops have been massive.  Now comes the chance to recover a bit:

As to Gold’s structure by the month since the year 2020, price’s last four consecutive down months (March through June) may just now be getting some relief this early July (the rightmost candle) after gettin’ no “Satisfaction”: 

All of which brings us to the Baro, back from whence we started with FedHead Kevin “The Warrior” Warsh in Portugal alluding to signs of economic strength with easing price pressures, albeit admitting inflation is too high.  By the Economic Barometer, the StateSide economy already has been showing strength essentially year-over-year, as we see here, although the curve of late (as anticipated a week go) continues to flatten, ‘twould appear:

So there we are, half the year but a memoir.  Our deMeadville analytics are indicative of higher Gold near-term, supported (just maybe) by a little waffling as to Fed direction.  Again, how might “The Warrior” be drafting it?

In the interim, let’s get groovin’ rather than fazed, and watch precious metals’ prices get raised!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 867 – (27 June 2026) – “Gold – !! ♫ Return to Fair Value ♫ !!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 867th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 27 June 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold – !! ♫ Return to Fair Value ♫ !!“

Yes, the only difference in this week’s title from that of two missives ago is “??” having been replaced with “!!“.

To wit, we begin with a hat-tip to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis — which this past Tuesday — released their monthly report of updated weekly “M2” Money Supply data.  Known benevolently as “FRED” (Federal Reserve Economic Data), its latest accounting found “M2” to have increased across a four-week stint from $22.879T to $23.063T (an additional +0.8%).  This in turn upped Gold’s Fair Value (properly adjusted by an approximate tonnage increase during the same period of +0.1%) from 3952 a week ago to now 3979.

SO:  (per our updated give-away title), guess what just happened?

Nary a week has passed year-to-date without our referencing Gold’s Fair Value.  ‘Tis right in the top of each piece’s Gold Scoreboard.  And throughout these many weeks of Gold charting a negative trend, we’ve guardedly pointed out time-and-again that price may well indeed be reverting down to its quintessential mean known as Fair Value.  And so it did Wednesday at precisely 18:03 GMT per this graphic of Gold by the hour for the entire week vis-à-vis Fair Value, including Tuesday’s generous effect on the latter courtesy of “FRED”.  And, (coincidentally or otherwise). in came the buyers:

 

Thus quite obviously, we must cue this one: “Do the Freddie”–[Freddie and the Dreamers, ’65]

“But mmb, you seem all excited because price has been going down!”

Not so much “excited“, dear Squire; rather, “relieved” by Gold’s having reverted to its most important valuation mean.  Moreover, the axiomatic attraction of Gold at Fair Value is its buying opportunity.  For (courtesy of the “Preaching to the Choir Dept.”), you know, and we know, and everyone from Bangor Maine to Honolulu and right ’round the world knows that Gold’s Fair Value never materially decreases because neither does the StateSide money supply.

We specify “materially“, for during times of rising interest rates, banks repaying loans through the Fed window in fact momentarily cause a reduction the money supply.  Yet, from as far back as 1980, the largest reduction in “M2” occurred just briefly over two weeks during 2023 from $20.765T to $20.599T  following the FedFunds rate having increased in excess of 5%.  So rarely, if ever, do money supply reductions last very long.  The higher the level of “M2”, the higher Gold’s Fair Value, even as adjusted for tonnage increases.  And Gold inevitably (although it can take years) reverts to — or at least toward — Fair Value, be it higher or lower.

Remember the ridiculously oversold Gold low of 1045 away back on 03 December 2015?  Fair Value that day for “the discarded, yieldless, old relic” was +134% higher at 2442.  This past 29 January, Gold reached 5586, (albeit ’twas then well overvalued as herein documented, Fair Value that day being 3856).

But now we’ve returned to reality, even as century-to-date Gold in settling yesterday (Friday) at 4103 is now +1,399%.  By comparison, the S&P “Casino” 500 including dividend reinvestment is but half that at +677%.  “What’s been in your wallet?”  (As you long-time readers know, we fortunately learned to turn off the FinTV parrots 20 years ago and instead do our own math.  Gold wins.  Overwhelmingly).

The point being:  if you purchase Gold at or below Fair Value,  with patience, it categorically will be worth more in the future. Period.  ‘Tis the world’s easiest long-term trade!  Again as herein penned in our 29 March piece:

  • “…What if — to pay off the StateSide federal debt of now $39T — the Fed merely made an accounting entry of same, and ’twas distributed to all the creditors?  To be sure, the ‘M2’ money supply would leap 2.7x from today’s $22T to some $61T.  Inflation would become hyper-impalpable.  And were it to happen, say, over this weekend, Gold having settled Friday [then] at 4492 would open Monday at 10,606 (by Fair Value precision) … just in case you’re scoring at home.  ‘Got Gold?’…”
To be sure however, we’ve got inflation.  With last Wednesday’s release of May’s “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures, the writing cannot be more clearly on the wall for FedHead Kevin “The Warrior” Warsh and his merry Open Market Committee members.  Our May Inflation Summary now complete, ’tis the same old story:  be it by the 12-month summation or the month’s annualization, inflation is running two-to-nearly-three times the Fed’s desired +2% target.  Fall further behind the curve and stagflate, or “suck it up” and raise the rate.  To mull it all over, there are 22 trading days into 29 July’s FOMC Policy Statement date:

‘Course, conventional wisdom over a higher interest rate doesn’t bode well for Gold’s fate, (although as we on occasion have graphically showed, during three years of rate rises from 2004 through 2006, Gold did just great, being attractively below the Fair Value slate).

Either way, here next are Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from a year ago-to-date.  With now 15 weeks of the recorded red-dotted Short trend, this past weekly 4103 settle is the lowest yet of the entire run.  Further, we’ve moved the structural support zone down (from what had been 4584-4282) to now 4398-3901:

What do we expect from here?  At least some consolidation rather than much further deterioration.  As depicted earlier, Gold upon tapping Fair Value at 3979 instantly induced buying; too as stated in the opening Gold Scoreboard, price at present is -6.0% below its BEGOS* Market Value of 4363, (itself in decline); *BEGOS = Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500.  As for the distance requisite to flip the trend from Short to Long in the ensuing week, the noted 4855 level is a vast +752 points above the present 4103 price:  Gold’s expected weekly trading range is now 275 points, (the daily being 125 points); thus ’tis “gonna be a while”.

“Also, mmb, there was that one down trend that lasted 31 weeks, remember?”

Indeed so, Squire.  Specific to this 21st century, the yellow metal’s longest (no pun intended) weekly parabolic Short trend ran 31 weeks from 02 November 2012 through 31 May 2013 as the aforementioned status of having become “the discarded, yieldless, old relic” relegated Gold to being “boring and worthless”.  Instead, traders (likely watching TV) opted to chase S&P 500 retailers such as Penny’s, Radio Shack and Sears, (all subsequently having gone bankrupt).  Did we already ask “What’s been in your wallet?”  (Turned off the TV yet?)

Turning up this past week was the Economic Barometer, although as herein depicted a week ago, we remain somewhat “top-wary”.  Of next week’s 11 incoming metrics, just two vis-à-vis “consensus” are expected to have improved period-over-period.  That noted, the Baro settled this past week at its highest oscillative reading since 29 April 2024, six of the metrics being better, notably including both Personal Income and Spending for May. However, the “Big Surprise” of the week was the +0.5% revision to finalize Gross Domestic Product for Q1 at +2.1% (annualized):  that ties for the second largest final revision to any quarterly GDP reading since that for Q1 away back in 2015; (for those of you scoring at home, across the past 29 years, the average finalized GDP revision — be it up or down — averages just 0.2%).  So “Bravo!” to the Baro:

Note the Baro’s embedded bit about an -10% S&P 500 correction down into the 6800s, something upon which we’ve been harping through recent weeks.  This last bounce notwithstanding, we still sense the downside is the right side.

“But next is the summer rally, mmb…”

Squire, of the 25 completed Julys so far this century, whilst on balance a very good stock market month, seven of those (28%) have finished net negative.  Given that fact — and considering the last 11 Julys all have been up — a down one we might say is “due”.  Again, “The Warrior” takes to the podium 29 July.

In the interim, here we’ve the “Baby Blues” of 21-day linear regression trend consistency for both Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  Across these past three months of daily bars, neither set of “Blues” has been pretty:

Too, by their respective 10-day market Profiles, overhead resistors appear as minefields for both Gold (below left) and Silver (below right).  How about a little Jefferson Starship from back in ’84? “No Way Out”:

And thus the selling of the precious metals has continued, but again, we now seek some degree of consolidation.  The overhead resistors as labeled in the above Profiles may serve at least as cash management guidance, admittedly a lost art in today’s “Nuthin’ but stocks!” casino.  But at least for Gold, its ♫ Return to Fair Value ♫ is a most welcome opportunity, especially should price move lower still, (for that later means higher).

Alternatively, there are the parrots:

Last, but hardly least:  R.I.P. Alan “Gold Bug” Greenspan.  His 20-year chairing of the Federal Reserve System fostered a +138% increase in the StateSide “M2” money supply and a +262% rise in the national debt.  But his successors these past 20 years have debased M2 an additional +249% and skyrocketed the debt by another +362%.  Double trouble!  What’s next?  “Got Gold?”

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 866 – (20 June 2026) – “Gold’s Reclusion; Markets’ Confusion”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 866th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 20 June 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Reclusion; Markets’ Confusion“

‘Tis the Northern Hemisphere’s final day of spring:  a season of Gold price reclusion and overall markets’ confusion, further festooned with Fed follies, war worries, and ever-sustained super-inflated S&P 500 insanities.

Since Gold opened the first day of spring (20 March) at 4654, price has lost as much as -13.1% to 4046 (just back on 11 June) toward settling this past holiday-shortened week “officially” on Thursday at 4228 — or if you prefer — per yesterday’s (Friday’s) “trading halt” at 4173 toward settlement come Monday:  that’s right, this is a Saturday with COMEX Gold “halted” rather than “settled”.  When was the last weekend day that happened?  Cue San Francisco’s own Jake Holmes’ “Dazed and Confused”–[’67]

By either “halted” or “settled” price, after having peaked year-to-date at 5586 on 29 January, Gold has been in reclusive withdrawal throughout, today’s 4173 level a net decrease from that All-Time High by -25.3%, price all-in thus far for 2026 being -3.7% (having settled out last year at 4332).  Here ’tis by the day through the current 4173 “halt” toward Monday’s settle.  Note at the graphic’s lower right (per last week’s musical query “? ♫ Return to Fair Value ♫ ?”) price seemingly on approach to such 3952 level :

More broadly, from a year ago-to-date we’ve Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends, the latter having completed a 14th red-dotted Short week, such stint now tied for third in duration of the last ten ShortSiders since 02 July 2021:

“But shorting it is a bad idea, right mmb?”

As ever ’tis, Squire.  Smirking Smart Alec can go to his three-martini lunch Short Gold, only to return with event-driven price having severely gapped higher, his trading account frozen with a margin call he’ll never be able to accommodate.  (As a past pet example:  Alec could well have missed the Fed’s 18 March 2009 post-COMEX pit close annoucement to increase “M2” by $1.15T, resulting in Gold’s largest resumption gap up [+5.9%] so far this century).  Adieu Alec.

That cautioned, Gold today by various key trends continues in a technically negative mode, seven of the past ten weeks having settled net down, with price’s potential to tap Fair Value at 3952 as noted in the near-term balance.  That is -211 points below the present level (4173) in an environment spanning an expected weekly trading range of 281 points; (the daily is now 119).  

As to a fundamentally negative mode for Gold, we still sense the Federal Open Market Committee shall on 29 July vote (perhaps not unanimously) to raise the Bank’s Funds rate toward 4%, (the current 3.50%-3.75% target range again maintained per last Wednesday’s significantly restructured/shortened Policy Statement).  ‘Course the late-July vote shall be substantially slanted by next Thursday’s release of “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures for May:  ’twill be the final piece of the month’s inflation puzzle for which both the Consumer Price Index and Producer Price Index already have been received and remain radically above the Fed’s desire for an annualized +2.0% pace.

This week’s title incorporating “Markets’ Confusion”, let’s next turn to the Economic Barometer.  Messy as ever are the markets and now even the Baro!  To be sure, equities’ valuation has well-become a portfolio-theory axiom of the past; but so today has become the loss of near-term trend coherence:  staying power is evaporating as confusion is reigning!

As an inside deMeadville example, our renowned “Baby Blues” of 21-day linear regression trend consistency across all eight of the BEGOS Markets (Bond, Euro/Swiss, Gold/Silver/Copper, Oil, S&P 500) has been at best wandering rather than signaling.  To wit:  collectively for all eight markets, a “Baby Blues” signal to specifically Buy or Sell occurs on average once every nine trading days; (deep breath) …  there’s been but one across the past 36 trading days!  And ’twas to go Short the S&P 500 futures, the Index for which we still anticipate a -10% correction down into the 6800s, in spite of war relief or otherwise.  Either way per the below Baro, both its blue line and the S&P’s red line thus far through June are running out of puff.  And you know how it goes:  confusion breeds concern, the top then in turn, thus fear begins to burn:

“Maybe it’s all just consolidating, mmb…”

To your point, Squire, we shall in hindsight know.  But as to “The Now”, the ongoing effect of pricey Oil and its availability on both the StateSide economy and therein its pocketbooks (the Strait of Hormuz again being closed as we write), plus more expensive dough soon to pass through the Fed window, and the unsustainable price/earnings ratio of the S&P (48.5x) —oh say it ain’t so — ought elicit a bit of a blow.  Moreover, a -10% S&P correction really wouldn’t be that much, you know.  (Our occasionally-posted truly scary S&P chart this time we’ll forgo).

Instead, lets sally forth with Gold.  And per the caveat that yesterday’s trading is slated for Monday’s settle, here we’ve the two-panel graphic through Thursday of price’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and the 10-day Market Profile on the right.  The “Baby Blues” last triggered a Sell signal back on 22 April (price having settled that day +14% higher than now ’tis).  And for Profile resistance, the labeled 4361 stands starkly higher than today: 

Meanwhile, although Silver’s amplitude doesn’t precisely match that of Gold, the key turn dates are in sync per the daily bars (below left).  But far more congested than that for Gold is Silver’s Profile (below right), price appearing stymied either up or down, even as she just completed her 20th week of parabolic Short trend.  From her record high on 29 January at 121.79, she is now -46.7%.  Do medicate as needed, Sister Silver!

To close, we’ve this from “The Good News Dept.”  Century-to-date, “yield-less” Gold now at 4173 is +1,424% and Silver at 64.91 +1,299%.  By comparison, the (albeit very scant) yielding “Casino 500” today at 7501 is +631% (or +468% ex-dividends).

To be sure, the precious metals remain in near-to-medium term downtrends.  In fact, this past week the children’s writing pool over at the once-mighty Barron’s just figured it out (and we quote):  “[Gold] is dangerously close to bear market territory.”  (One wonders where’ve they’ve been since February).

Regardless, when FedHead Kevin “The Warrior” Warsh — dare we say “inevitably” — is called upon to bail out Bessent’s Treasury, look for Gold’s reclusiveness to morph into nothing short (no pun intended) of upside monstrousness.

Still — all that said — are you confused by that within your war chest?  What say you, Bunky?

“And I sold my Gold for these??”  Bummer.

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 865 – (13 June 2026) – “Gold – ? ♫ Return to Fair Value ♫ ?”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 865th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 13 June 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold – ? ♫ Return to Fair Value ♫ ?“

Within Gold’s ongoing negative trend, be it by near-to-medium-term linear regression or by our weekly parabolics et alia, price this past Wednesday at 23:14 GMT posted a year-to-date low of 4046.  At that instant, ’twas a net change in 2026 of -6.6%, even though “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”) a week ago had stated that “Gold is having another incredible year.”

We love Gold for its inevitably higher — indeed far higher — levels; however price’s reality of trend, means reversion, and adherence to Fair Value regularly reminds us of present pricing reality.  Pure and simple.  (The S&P 500 faces that rude awakening, but we digress…)

Given such reality for Gold, we comprised this week’s title by hearkening back to the year 1894, (Gold then ’round $21/ounce).  For then from these Mediterranean climes was registered one of the most time-honoured  “immortal pillar” standards in musical history as penned and scored by the Neapolitan brothers Ernesto and Giambattista de Curtis:  “Torna a Surriento”, which for you WestPalmBeachers down there is “Return (or as on occasion is ascribed “Come Back”) to Sorrento” .  ‘Tis since been modern-day crooned by many-a-star including Frankie (’51), Dino (’52) and Elvis (’61) … just in case you’re scoring at home.  And in this case for The Gold Update, we’ve reverently revised it to “Return to Fair Value”.

“Because, mmb?”

Because, Squire, upon Gold reaching down to the aforementioned 4046, ’twas within one day’s expected daily trading range of tapping Fair Value at what is now 3949.  True, price did not fully [yet] get there; however ’tis ultimately the “raison d’être” (a little French lingo there) of the “Means Reversion Dept.”

To be sure, Gold from 4046 instead bounced to as high as 4267 before settling the week yesterday (Friday) at 4240.  But as the noted trends remain negative, price soon reaching down to Fair Value appears reasonable, Gold having just posted its lowest weekly close year-to-date and sixth down week of the last eight.

Not helping Gold is the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee’s having its knickers in a bit of a bunch.  “To raise, or not to raise”, that is the question.  Indubitably “yes”, albeit as previously written, we still sense the FOMC shan’t vote to raise the Bank’s Funds rate until their Policy Statement of 29 July, rather than so doing this next Wednesday (17 June), the intrigue of course as overseen by new FedHead Kevin “The Warrior” Warsh.

Were the war to wane between those two FOMC dates, (not to mention a “peace deal” possibly being signed at any moment), that could give the Fed some breathing room.  But May’s inflation data already is rolling in, the headline Producer Price Index of +1.1% if annualized now +13.2%:  Ouch!  And ’twill tend to lead June’s Consumer Price Index.  As for the “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures Index, its May reading shan’t be released until a week after this next FOMC gathering.  But both the PPI and CPI are running sufficiently hot as to be well beyond (understatement) the Fed’s annualized target of +2.0%.

‘Tis thus a convenient period for Gold to return to Fair Value, above which (per the opening Scoreboard) price is presently +7.4% (+291 points) whilst nonetheless being -6.8% (-308 points) below its BEGOS Market Value, the latter as we see here year-over-year:

‘Course, as we on occasion quip, “Gold plays no currency favourites” even as its Fair Value is geared to debasement of the U.S. Dollar (mildly mitigated by the increase in the supply of Gold itself).  By conventional wisdom, rising interest rates and yields lend to the oxymoronic expression “Dollar strength!” such that the parroting becomes “Well, ya know, gold’s gotta go down…”  except hardly is that axiomatic.  To wit, this reprisal of both the price of Gold firing higher in stride with FedFunds interest rate increases across three years from 2004 through 2006, the midst of said stint finding the Dollar Index up nearly +5% (from January 2004 through November 2005).  Thus, let not the Fed necessarily depress Gold:

Regardless of such happy history, today we’ve “The Now” in turning to Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from one year ago-to-date.  And by trivial coincidence for the superstitious out there, here on this 13th of June we’ve Gold’s parabolic Short trend having posted a 13th rightmost red dot, its price bar with (as noted) the lowest weekly closing pip so far this year.  Too, the rose-coloured 4584-4284 structural support zone has just been violated for the second time:

Next we’ve the negative state of the precious metals by their 21-day linear regression trends for both Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  ‘Tis not been that pretty a picture across their respective three months of daily bars.  But:  are the baby blue dots of trend consistency bottoming on or near the key -80% axes?  As you regular readers know — and clearly can see in the graphic — the “Baby Blues” reversing course from either +80% or -80% leads to further price movement in the new direction.  “Follow the Blues…”

And in spite of both metals’ declines — in turning to the 10-day Market Profiles — prices late in the past week moved up from their basements such as to now allow for some volume-dominant supporters as labeled.  Notably for the yellow metal we see 4212 and 4101, whereas for Silver the 67s appear “safe”, else ’tis “Hello 64s…”

Meanwhile, the Economic Barometer’s mid-April to mid-May raise has since morphed into sideways.  Indeed of the past week’s 10 incoming metrics, five were worse period-over-period, even as The University of Michigan’s “Go Blue!” Sentiment Survey for June sported its best pop since the like month a year ago.  But then there’s still that irksome inflation…

Note in the Baro’s lower-right corner the S&P 500’s price/earnings ratio having settled the week at 47.6x.  Following Wednesday’s -1.6% demise, the mighty (albeit inanely overvalued) Index rebounded +2.3% through Friday.  Despite that however, into week’s end the S&P futures’ 21-day linear regression trend rotated to negative for the first time since 10 April, thus reinforcing our sense that the Index remains in “correction” mode down into the 6800s (as herein laid out a week ago) … or further still should the Fed instead unexpectedly be proactive with a Funds rate raise on Wednesday.  “Got stops?”

Toward wrapping with that, here first is the stack:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):

Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  5586 (29 January 2026)
2026’s High:  5586 (29 January)
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  5411 (28 January 2026)
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Long:  4988
Gold’s BEGOS Market Value (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  4548
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4337
Trading Resistance:  Market Profile notables:  4289 / 4318 / 4352 / 4490 / 4534 / 4560
Gold Currently:  4240, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  118 points)
Trading Support:  per the Market Profile:  4212 / 4145 / 4101
The 300-Day Moving Average:  4070 and rising
10-Session directional range:  down to 4046 (from 4577) = -531 points or -11.6%
2026’s Low:  4046 (11 May)
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3949
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

And so ’tis toward “Fed Day”, featuring for the first time “The Warrior” as aforementioned.  And whilst the Chairman’s vote is but one of 12 comprising the FOMC, his follow-up presser most certainly shall find him in the “hot seat”, so to speak:

‘Course, we wish Warsh well.

But stay with your Gold for the long spell, as a return to Fair Value would not be farewell!

Cheers!

…m…

 

The Gold Update: No. 864 – (06 June 2026) – “Gold’s Still-Negative Track; S&P Poised to Crack”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 864th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 06 June 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Still-Negative Track; S&P Poised to Crack“

“Can I start, mmb?”

Yes, Squire, you “may” start.

“Oops, sorry, mmb.  But you always say the S&P is gonna crack, but usually it just makes new highs!”

We openly stand guilty as charged, Squire, albeit when it all goes wrong, ’twill be massive … and it may ~finally~ have just commenced.  More on that later as first let’s get to Gold, the price track for which since the All-Time-High (5586 on 29 January) remains net-negative on both a medium-term basis as well as near-term.

In settling this past week yesterday (Friday) at 4354, Gold recorded its fifth down week in the last seven, indeed its lowest weekly close since the parabolic Short trend became effective upon opening at 4450 back on 23 March, nonetheless en route having traded to as high as 4918 on 17 April … (but ’twas not enough to flip the trend back to Long).  Rather, the Short trend continues with price itself now -22.1% below that 5586 record high, and more starkly, only up a wee +0.5% year-to-date.

But to quickly double check that, what does “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”) say at this very moment (05:54 GMT)?

Query:  “Is Gold having a good year?”

Response:  “Gold is having another incredible year. Building on historic 2025 highs, prices briefly soared past $5,000 per troy ounce early this year. While prices have dipped slightly to the $4,350 range…”

Thus by “AI“, Gold’s gain of +0.5% is “incredible” albeit the -22.1% decline is characterized as having “dipped slightly”.  Hilarious.  Perhaps “AI” ought instead stand for “Avoid Inperpetuum”, (a little Latin lingo there).  That pondered, this is Gold’s “incredible year” here by its daily settles from 31 December through yesterday 05 June, replete with the red-bounded, negative regression channel:

 

“But what’s really incredible are your high and low calls, mmb…”

Thank you, Squire, yet we’ve still better than half-a-year to go.  However to your point, in this year’s opening missive we projected 5546 for the year’s high (actual-to-date 5586) and 4032 for the year’s low (actual-to-date 4000).  But let us not digress…

Instead, we go to Gold’s weekly bars from one year ago-to-date, the aforementioned rightmost red-dotted parabolic Short trend having just completed its 12th week.  We’ve again depicted the 4584-4284 support zone wherein Gold of late has been making a home:

More broadly, here’s our long-featured chart of Gold by the day from what had been a record closing high at 1900 away back on 22 August 2011.  Price naturally has moved quite a distance higher following all those annoying years of being infamously stuck in and around “The Box”.  But today we’ve this question, courtesy of our ever-savvy “Means Reversion Dept.”:  is Gold (now 4354) targeting its once stalwart 300-day moving average (4051), and further its Fair Value (3946, as shown in the opening Scoreboard)?  Given Gold’s expected weekly trading range is now 296 points, both those levels are well within reach by month’s end, barring Gold getting back into rally mode:

 

And for Gold to resume rallying, there is a substantive amount of overhead drilling to do per the 10-day Market Profile below on the right, volume-dominant resistance running from 4473 up toward 4553 as labeled.  Then for Gold’s 21-day linear regression trend, its day-to-day consistency is depicted by the three months of baby blue dots on the left, wherein the farther they fall, the steeper the downtrend that in due course shall end; ’tis just a matter of “When?”  We’ll know early on upon the “Baby Blues” making their inevitable bend:

Similarly for Silver, she’s basically buried at the base of her Profile (below right) with various resistors from here (68.00) all the way up to 75.95; too, her “Baby Blues” (below left) are in full cascade, the recent downtrend gathering steam.  Jam on the brakes, Sister Silver!

Now as we glide toward a feasibly frightening fate for the S&P 500, let’s start with the Economic Barometer.  This past week’s set of 13 incoming metrics brought improvements for Factory Orders, along with both of the Institute for Supply Management’s gauges of Manufacturing and Services, plus Construction Spending and Employment.

In that construct, things are sufficiently good StateSide that we again are reminded of the famous quip by the late great Senator Ernest Frederick “Fritz” Hollings (D-SC):  “There’s too much consumin’ goin’ on out there!”

Although that stated, Fritzie, there was slowing in Consumer Credit, Productivity and Unit Labor Costs, plus an increase in Initial Jobless Claims.  Add in the irksome inflation as we herein nauseatingly detailed a week ago and that elicits a Federal Reserve Funds rate increase:  we still think the “ever behind the curve” Open Market Committee shall sit on their hands per their 17 June Policy Statement, such hands then being forced to raise come the 29 July Statement.  The Dollar Index certainly so senses that, the “Dixie” trading yesterday up to its highest level since 06 April (100.095).  So also senses the shaken S&P as we go to the Baro:

And thus we (again) ask:  “How’s that S&P 500 workin’ out for ya?”

Truth be told, we’d already selected this week’s title to include “S&P Poised to Crack” well before it began to all go wrong yesterday, given what we’d written in Thursday’s pre-opening Prescient Commentary as regards the “Spoo”, (which is the pet name for the S&P 500’s futures contract):

  • “…the Spoo’s ‘Baby Blues’ which depict linreg consistency are finally breaking down, now provisionally below the key +80% axis; should this be confirmed by session’s end, we’d expect at least initially a drop from here (7544) toward the mid-7400s — which percentage-wise is not that substantive a pullback — but by pricing structure, 7300 appears plausible as does 7279 given the extreme overvaluation of the S&P 500 both technically and obviously fundamentally…”

Accordingly, two trading days hence, the S&P has fallen from the fence to further commence (we sense) a far broader descent.  Regulars readers know the the S&P continues to be rife with negatives to cause a “correction”.  Even through yesterday — the S&P’s worst one-day decline so far this year (-2.6%) — the Index nevertheless recorded a 41st consecutive “textbook overbought” session, something that has occurred but 13 other times across the past 46 years, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there is since 1980).

Too, of greater concern is the “live” (trailing twelve months) price/earnings ratio of now 46.1x.  Back when earnings were actually considered a core element in portfolio theory for valuing share prices, 11x to 15x was considered “acceptable” for a bull market.  Reverting to that “mean” means a “correction” from here of -67% … just in case you’re scoring at home.  Or more modestly, for the S&P to merely return from its 03 June record high (7620) to the upper boundary of its 54-year regression channel (4505), ’tis only a “correction” of -41%.  Still, “had COVID never happened”, the S&P today could well be ’round 2941 (i.e. a “correction” of minimally -61%).

‘Course, no one knows if we’re now on the precipice of a material S&P “correction” such has already twice occurred this century, the first being the “DotComBomb” (-50.5%) and the second the “FinCrisis” (-57.7%).  But we expect whenever this next “Look Ma! No Money!” “correction” eventuates, the fear shall drive the S&P well down below -50%.  Remember, today’s average investment bank youngster has never endured the violence of a true stock market crash; (2020’s four-day -35% COVID “mini-crash” was peanuts).

“But what about for this time, mmb?”

Squire, conservatively -10% to 6858, which is a very convenient rest stop, because the perfect “Golden Ratio” Fibonacci retracement from the record high (7620) toward the 30 March low (6317) arrives quite close by at 6816.  Nice and tidy, what?  Here’s the all-encompassing Big Picture S&P graphic, a few noted percentage “correction” suggestions along the right-side scale:

 

Wrapping it for Gold, clearly the yellow metal has been riding on its net-negative track, even as price by the opening Scoreboard is +10.3% above Fair Value (3946), yet -6.2% below its BEGOS* Market Value (4640) to which typically it can more swiftly ascend as ’tis a “faster” valuation measure.
*BEGOS = Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500

As for the suddenly struggling (albeit long overdue) S&P, we’ll leave you with this:

“Got Gold?”

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 863 – (30 May 2026) – “Golden Gyration; Irksome Inflation”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 863rd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 30 May 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Golden Gyration; Irksome Inflation“

Gyrating Gold abounds!  Through the completion of May’s 20 trading days, Gold (per its August contract) has chronologically gone up to 4708, down to 4546, up to 4810, down to 4681, up to 4769, down to 4488, up to 4616, down to 4396, price nonetheless getting the month-end bid in settling up yesterday (Friday) at 4570.  Gold’s gyrating high-to-low run for the month was -8.8% … but the net change was a comparably wee -2.1%, (Gold having closed the month of April at 4669).

Either way, that’s a “Whole Lotta Shakin’ Goin’ On”–[Jerry Lee Lewis, ’57] only to result in “Goin’ Nowhere”–[Chris Isaak, ’95].

However, there’s been this one anti-conventional wisdom constant throughout.  On those days wherein ’twas inferred the Middle-East “war shall continue”, Gold would go down; on the alternate days wherein ’twas said a “peace deal was close”, Gold would go up.  (And we’ve herein documented ad nauseam how Gold — after initially spiking — then directionally defies geo-political conventional wisdom).

‘Course, on those “war shall continue” days, Oil and the Dollar would get the bid to the detriment of Gold, but vice-versa if “a peace deal was close”.  And as noted, such assessment continues to revolve 180° from one day to the next as if ’twere a modern-day rewrite of Leo Tolstoy’s “War and Peace”, –[circa 1865].

“Or even Shakespeare’s ‘Much Ado About Nothing’, huh mmb?”

Well, we wouldn’t go so far as to say war is “nothing”, Squire, but The Bard’s title –[circa 1598] is apropos of Gold’s gyrational travel throughout May, although price’s regression trend has therein been negative, (as surprisingly too has been that for Oil, even as its peaks and troughs have been pointedly opposed to those for Gold).

So, it being month-end, let’s go ’round the horn for all eight BEGOS Markets across their last 21 trading days (one month), featuring their respective grey diagonal trendlines and “Baby Blues” which are the dots that depict the day-to-day consistency of trend.  Note the S&P 500 (“SPOO”) sporting the steepest uptrend of the set:

As for the year-to-date BEGOS Markets Standings, this end of May marks the first month of 2026 wherein both Gold and Silver are not amongst the top three podium positions.  “Big Oil!” continues to overwhelm the pack; but now Copper and the wildly overvalued S&P 500 rank second and third respectively.  And note this anomaly therein: both the Dollar Index and Swiss Franc are up like amounts.  “At the expense of which currency”, you ask?  See the €uro, (as well as the not-listed ¥en):

Specific to Gold, it has just completed an eleventh week of the ongoing parabolic Short trend, below depicted by the rightmost red dots in our chart of weekly bars from a year ago-to-date.  For those of you scoring at home, Gold’s expected daily trading range is now 104 points, whereas the weekly is 304 points.  Thus per the foot of the graphic — the price to flip the trend to Long being 5088 — such 518-point distance is quite out-of-range for at least the ensuing week.  As veteran charter reader THR would quip:  “Gold will make you old.”  ‘Course, let us not overlook that century-to-date, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there began on 01 January 2001), whereas the S&P 500 (ex-dividend) is +474%, Gold has outperformed it by better than three times, our precious metal being +1,570%.  “Got Gold?”

Bringing on our month-end metals’ equities view, year-over-year they accrue with Franco-Nevada (FNV) +37%, Gold itself +39%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +55%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +78%, Newmont (NEM) +108%, Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +118%, and Pan American Silver (PAAS) +134%.  The downward trends from mid-winter technically remain in force, but resilient buying efforts clearly occur in the mix:

Next we query:  “How’s that StateSide inflation workin’ out for ya?”  Rather irksome, what?  Oh to be sure, last Thursday’s release of “core” Personal Consumption Expenditures for April was sufficiently “Fed-friendly” such that you know, and we know, and everyone from Bangor, Maine to Honolulu knows the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee shall (with relief) stand pat rather than raise the Bank’s Funds rate per the pending 17 June Policy Statement.  But unless inflation truly is cooling, ’tis merely a matter of meetings until FOMC’s hand is forced to raise, (barring economic descent into a deflationary recession).  Here is our completed 12-month inflation summary through April. Mind the red backgrounds in noting that the summation average for these gauges of inflation is double the Fed’s desired +2% pace, and April’s annualized average is quadruple same.  Yet, you can ease your strain of that irksome inflation pain merely by neither driving nor eating.  Have a great day:

But hardly was it a great week for the Economic Barometer.  Of this last week’s ten incoming metrics, just two improved period over period, the best being April’s Durable Orders that leaped +7.9% — an 11-month best — which clearly beat consensus, the March increase also being revised upward.  The notable poor performers were both Personal Income and New Home Sales for April, along with Initial Jobless Claims rising to the fourth-worst level through the 21 reported weeks year-to-date.  Elicited within the overall mix is that folks spent more during April than they earned.  The Tax Man?  Inflation?  Thank goodness for the cortesone of the credit card!  Here’s the Baro, featuring mindless goofballs at the top, plus the fresh FedHead:

“And what about you saying that the S&P is ‘wildly overvalued’, mmb?”

That’s one of Squire’s classic tee-up softball questions, indeed notably timely in this case given the fat round price/earnings ratio.  Here you are, my fine friend:

But into feeding “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”) that precise formula, this time the response (and ’tis always different) is that it “…cannot be computed without a private premium database feed…”, in lieu then offering the Wall Street Journal’s calculation of 25.7x.  (Clearly, they’ve no idea what’s coming).  Again cue Kansas Joe & Memphis Minnie: “When the Levee Breaks”–[’29], (yes really, the “crash” year).

Coming here are the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  Recall a week ago the large pricing Profile gaps for both precious metals, each having since fallen beneath those respective zones.  Today, both the yellow and white metals are trading within their most volume-dominant price areas of the past two weeks:

Toward wrapping up May we next go to Gold’s Structure by the month across the past 12 years.  Following an stint of eight consecutive up months (from last July through February), price has now completed three straight down months per the rightmost red candles.  Gold has not recorded a fourth consecutive down month since a string of seven of them in the midst of Fed rate hikes through mid-2022.  As aforementioned, this next FOMC 17 June go-round shan’t see them raise … but then a lot can happen from then to 29 July (i.e. the subsequent FOMC meeting).  Still, for the nth time we remind you that from 2004 through 2006 — during which period the Fed was tightening — Gold rose in stride just fine, thank you very much.  Here are the monthlies:

Thus we’ve Golden gyrations and irksome inflation.  Might better guidance be obtained from next week’s batch of thirteen incoming Econ Baro metrics, which include a purported slowing in StateSide Payrolls for May?  And what about that S&P 500 price/earnings ratio now at a full 50.0x?  The Index is now 36 consecutive trading days “textbook overbought”, indeed “extremely” so per Friday’s record high (7599).  Regardless…

Hang on to your Gold!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 862 – (23 May 2026) – “Precious Metals Prices Perspectives”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 862nd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 23 May 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Precious Metals Prices Perspectives“

98 trading days are thus far in the book for Gold during 2026, within which there’ve been five more up days than down days.  Not as positively skewed as one might think.  But in settling yesterday (Friday) at 4511, Gold year-to-date is +4.1%, a far cry from having been up as much as +28.9% back at 29 January’s intra-day high of 5586.

“What about for Silver, mmb?”

Well Squire, in settling yesterday at 75.92, she’s +7.0% year-to-date, albeit as well quite below her +71.6% peak of 121.79, also on 29 January.  However, en route-to-date, Sister Silver has thus far recorded 13 more days up than those down.

Regardless, this year Gold first achieved its present 4511 level just four trading days into 2026 on 07 January.  And as for Silver, she initially traded her current 75.92 price just two days in on 05 January.  Therefore — aside from the precious metals interim volatility eliciting All-Time Highs — their respective net positive changes-to-date now appear comparably modest.  In fact, when applying linear regression to both price lines, such trends (basis daily closes) year-to-date are actually negative.  Makes for a rather ugly chart, what?

Precious metals prices perspectives, indeed!

“Well, that won’t be on CNBS, right mmb?”

Our like sentiment, Squire.  Yet because of prices’ robust start to 2026, folks think both precious metals are having a stellar year.  To wit, we just went to “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”) as follows:

  • The Query:  “Are Gold and Silver having a great year?”
  • The Response:  “Yes, both metals are having a standout run…”

That, even as Gold is now -19.3% below its record high, and Silver -37.7% beneath same.  Further — as currently priced — one might deem Gold’s present stance these 98 days into the year as rather mediocre, albeit Silver’s as relatively good.  Now into the 26th year of the 21st century, these 98 trading days-to-date rank only 16th-best for Gold, but for Silver a bit better at 9th-best:

Too, by the opening Scoreboard’s valuations, although Gold at present is -5.4% below its near-term BEGOS Market Value of 4766 — which is borne of price’s changes relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500) — the broader measure of Fair Value is now 4023, price thus +12.1% high by that metric.  As for Silver, she is now +30.7% over her Fair Value of 58.09 … just in case you’re scoring at home.  Hardly does that preclude further record high prices, but the “Means Reversion Dept.” inevitably intercedes, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there “means” price eventually meets with Fair Value, itself generally rising).

“But mmb, when the Fed starts raising, that can decrease Fair Value, right?”

Squire, we saw that occur during 2023-2024.  However, we again hearken back to the rate rise cycle of 2004-2006, nonetheless through which Gold basically rose.  (That courtesy of the “Gold Plays No Currency Favourites Dept.”).

As to “The Now”, our weekly bars graphic of Gold from a year ago-to-date exhibits a convergence of the rightmost red parabolic Short dot — such trend now ten weeks in duration — with the dashed linear regression trendline.  Does that foretell anything?  Unlikely, (but we tend to notice little things like that).

More important perhaps is noticing the distance present price is from the dashed trendline, indeed better than -600 points, which across these year-over-year weekly closing prices is the largest negative deviation:  thus arguably, a technically oversold bounce is “due”, albeit ’tis of course contra to the current Short trend.  Either way, here’s the graphic:

Drilling in a bit deeper, next we’ve our two-panel graphic of Gold’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right.  The baby blue dots depicting regression trend consistency are essentially wandering as is price within the downtrend.  As for the price stack in the Profile, massive is the “Big Gap” spanning 139 points, which is also wider than Gold’s expected daily trading range of now 103 points, bounded on the low side by the volume-dominant 4548 resistor as labeled:

Turning to the like graphic for Silver, her twists and turns across the past three months (below left) are fairly in sync with those for Gold, although as we know, the white metal’s percentage amplitude is greater than that of the yellow metal.  And like Gold, Silver too has formed a Big Gap in her Profile (below right), the volume-dominant resistor there being 76.75.  Silver’s expected daily trading range?  4.42 points, which is greater than her trading range for the entire year of 2018 (3.85 points):

Now let’s turn to trouble.  For technically overdue to substantively drop — and fundamentally so to crash — is the S&P 500.  In settling this past week at 7473, the more appropriately dubbed “Casino 500” is now “textbook overbought” through the last 32 trading days whilst its price/earnings ratio remains ever so extended beyond the exosphere at 48.1x.

Feeding the properly cap-weighted “trailing twelve months” P/E formula into “AI” results in it initially stalling, followed by“Thinking some more…”, only to then hilariously come up with 26.5x … proving yet again that “Assembled Inaccuracy” remains incapable of performing upper grammer school arithmetic.  Still, we always enjoy the light-grey, fine print disclaimer that “AI responses may include mistakes. For financial advice, consult a professional.”

Meanwhile, in consulting the final results of the just concluded Q1 Earnings Season, ’twas comparably robust over Q1 of a year ago:  of the 446 S&P constituents reporting within the seasonal timeframe, 80% bettered their bottom lines, an exceptional performance.  Disregarding 2021’s “climbing out of COVID” period, this past Earnings Season sported the best year-over-year percentage of constituents improvement since Q3 of 2018 when ’twas 85%.  ‘Course, the P/E isn’t going down because the price keeps going up.  Thus the preference for yield-less, “all-to-risk” equities continues over “risk-free” Treasuries even as the latter continue to yield more than triple that of stocks.  (Did we mention “means reversion” earlier?)

As to the Economic Barometer, the past week’s load of eight incoming metrics was fairly light, half of which improved period-over-period.  The eye-catcher for us was the Conference Board’s Leading Indicators (to which we regularly refer as “lagging”, given the Econ Baro is well ahead of them).  But this April report for just the fifth time in the past 48 months recorded a positive change, (a whopping +0.1%).  However come May, the change may again be negative, notably as that month’s already-reported Philadelphia Fed Index swung from +26.7 in April to now -0.4.  Poor ol’ Philly!  Here’s the Baro:

To close, regular readers well-know that because we duly track inflation, we’ve suggested for a couple of years now that the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee really should raise their Bank’s Funds rate.  Yet finally, some in the trading world also are starting to realize same.  Welcome aboard, to wit this phrase reported yesterday, (hat-tip Bloomy):  “Bond traders are fully pricing in an interest-rate hike by the [behind the curve] Federal Reserve this year.”  And within next week’s mix of incoming Econ Baro metrics is the “Fed-favoured” inflation gauge of Personal Consumption Expenditures for April:  annualizing its consensus for both the “headline” and “core” numbers continues to state inflation as well above the Fed’s +2% target.  So just how shall the FOMC’s 17 June Policy Statement read?

Stay perspectively tuned, and (in the spirit of aforementioned 2004-2006) your Gold holdings unpruned!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 861 – (16 May 2026) – “Gold’s Recent Trend Not Much of a Friend”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 861st Edition — Monte-Carlo — 16 May 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Recent Trend Not Much of a Friend“

“The trend is your friend.”  ‘Tis a time-honoured truism of liquid markets.  And as has basically been the case for these past two months — after Gold in mid-winter flirted about in the 5000s — its “trend” on balance has been down.

Yet herein a week ago, even as Gold’s weekly parabolic trend remained Short (as still ’tis) and 21-day linear regression trend remained negative (as still ’tis), we began to wax at least a wee bit bullish.  For as ’twas pointed out:  Gold’s baby blue dots of regression trend consistency — whilst also still in negative territory — were nonetheless beginning to rise.  And you long-time readers know the drill:  “Follow the ‘Blues’ instead of the news, else lose yer shoes.”

Accordingly so, the precious metals’ “Baby Blues” began turning upward from the open on 07 May with Gold in turn recording a diminutive +1.7% gain from 4702 to 4783 this past Tuesday … and Silver from 77.83 to 90.11 this past Wednesday, a sterling gain of 15.8% in just five days.  Here are the three months of daily bars for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right, the noted respective rallies per each metal’s green line:

But as the balance of this past week further unfolded per the red lines, there was not enough “grunt in the lump” (motor-racing expression) to maintain what now in hindsight (as herein queried a week ago) was indeed a “relief rally”.  For both metals, their overriding weekly parabolic trends have remained Short throughout with Gold sinking into settling yesterday (Friday) at 4544, down as much as -5.6% from its rally peak, and Silver at 76.30, well-down -15.6% from its like peak.  As well, we’ll see if the “Baby Blues” too are to lose.

“Well, that’s not a very friendly trend, mmb…”

Squire, it depends upon what side of the trade one is.  Surely for the Gold Bulls, downtrends are a period for patience, perhaps to initially (hat-tip charter reader THR) “take some chips off the table”.  But for the smart alec Shorts, they fawn upon downtrends as friendly until they all get hoovered away within the next dominant up-leg.  (As we ad nauseam quip, “Shorting Gold is a bad idea”).

As to “The Why”, the conventional wisdom of “Dollar strength” gets a degree of just due:  the Dollar Index (aka “Dixie”) traded up to its highest level yesterday since 01 April (no foolin’) of 99.245, and there’s room to further rise a bit more to at least 99.400 which would close the 99.400-to-98.975 technical down gap created back on 08 April.

For those of you scoring at home, too much numerical detail perhaps; but the Buck has been getting the bid, and rightly so:  because surely the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee come their 17 June Policy Statement “ought” vote to raise their Bank’s Funds rate.  We say “ought” as the pressure from the Executive Branch not to so do shall be palpable, (as we X’d [@deMeadvillePro] last Wednesday).  Welcome to the head of the Fed, Chairman Kevin “The Warrior” Warsh:  have a nice term in the political marsh.

Raise rates indeed.  For better than a year we’ve herein suggested that “to raise” is eventual if not imminent, even as the FinMedia and Wall Street have worn blinders throughout in perceiving “how many times the Fed will cut rates this year”.  Wrong.

Honestly folks, at times we feel as if we’re the last remaining analytical entity that engages in actually doing the math.  And the math affirms inflation really and truly is now on the march.  Whilst we still await April’s “Fed-favoured” inflation gauge of Personal Consumption Expenditures (due 28 May), the month’s reported measures at both the retail level (Consumer Price Index) and leading wholesale level (Producer Price Index) came in even further above the Fed’s desired +2% bevel.  Why, the following chart of annualized inflation for the past 12 months has “RAISE!” written all ’round it!

And as is the rule (albeit 2004-2006 was an exception), higher rates make the Dollar more attractive at the conventional-wisdom expense of Gold, (which simplified for you WestPalmBeachers down there means Gold goes down when rates go up). ‘Course, we all know that “Big Oil” et alia are getting the blame; yet inflation was already on the move pre-war, and moreover by the above graphic — assuming that neither do you eat nor drive — the “core” rates themselves are way above the Fed’s targeted +2% shelves.  “Oh Well”–[Fleetwood Mac, ’69].

Too, we’ve the Economic Barometer, for which nine of last week’s 15 incoming metrics improved period-over-period, notably therein Industrial Production for April at +0.7%, its month-over-month swing (from -0.3% in March) the best since that for August 2024.  But March’s Business Inventories backed up quite a bit for a second consecutive month.  Is the moving of product slowing given inflation is growing?  (Do we dare again utter the “s” word?)  Perhaps not just yet as the Baro is still uptrending:

Still, Gold is defying (or at least so trying) its downtrending.  To Gold’s weekly bars we go from a year ago-to-date, the red-dotted parabolic Short trend having now completed a ninth week.  To be sure, this past week’s net loss of -3.8% was price’s worst since that ending 20 March, indeed the third weakest of the 20 weeks year-to-date.  But again, in looking at the rightmost bars, price seems more stable than that through what Silver has suffered.  Still, today at 4544, Gold is -628 points beneath next week’s flip-to-Long level of 5172 as noted.  And although Gold’s expected weekly trading range is still an ample 329 points (the daily being 107 points), price likely again needs at least two firm up weeks to flip the trend from Short back to Long:

Apropos of mentioning Sweet Sister Silver, here too is her like year-over-year graphic.  Silver being far more volatile than Gold, her past week’s net loss of -5.7% comparably ranks sixth-worst so far in 2026, and her parabolic Short trend is now 15 weeks in duration.  Poor ol’ whirlwind Sister Silver!

And so to the 10-day Market Profiles we go for Gold (below left) and Silver (below right). For the yellow metal, clearly 4707 has been the volume-dominant — now resistive — price of the past two weeks … oooh steady on there, biker boy.  For the white metal, let’s face it … ’tis been a couple of bad-hair days.  Temporary as they may be, these have been rather unfriendly trends of late:

Here’s how it all stands for Gold in the stack.

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):

Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  5586 (29 January 2026)
2026’s High:  5586 (29 January)
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  5411 (28 January 2026)
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Long:  5172
10-Session directional range:  up to 4983 (from 4510) = +273 points or +6.1%
Gold’s BEGOS Market Value (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  4769
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4667
Trading Resistance:  Market Profile notables:  4563 / 4621 / 4655 / 4707
Gold Currently:  4544, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  107 points)
Trading Support:  per the Market Profile:  4533
2026’s Low:  4100 (23 March)
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  4017
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3980 and rising
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

Of non-geopolitical interest in the ensuing week is the Wednesday release of the FOMC’s 28/29 April Meeting Minutes.  A bit more hawkish than usual perhaps?  We’ll see who’s been really paying attention to the math.  And Friday brings for April the Conference Board’s Leading (i.e. “lagging”) Indicators, which have not mustered a positive reading since last July, even as the Econ Baro has essentially risen throughout.  ‘Course, ’tis said The Board can go a bit “woke” in its assessments…

Go with the Gold!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 860 – (09 May 2026) – “Gold:  Relief Rally or Downtrend Finale? (and S&P Wary)”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 860th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 09 May 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold:  Relief Rally or Downtrend Finale? (and S&P Wary)“

The lower Gold levels we’d anticipated two weeks ago (price having dropped from our 25 April penning at 4725 by as much as -4.6% to 4510 this past Monday) clearly panned out.  Since that low, Gold has recovered all of such loss and then some, climbing on Thursday to as high as 4775 in settling the week yesterday (Friday) at 4724.  And by the above Scoreboard, the combination of Gold recovering contra to its declining BEGOS Market Value* (now 4748) puts those two levels relatively near one another.  As we oft quip: “Means reversion is a beautiful thAng”.  However (as also therein depicted), given Gold’s Fair Value (now 4011), price remains notably overvalued by +17.8%.
*Gold’s value based on its movement relative to those of BEGOS:  Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil, S&P 500

Still, per our title’s query:  is Gold in just a relief rally, or did the recent downtrend reach its finale?  Let’s have a look.  Et voilà, our latest view, along with that for Silver too, their respective pink 21-day linear regression trends still negatively skewed.  Cue Edith Piaf from ’45: “La Vie en Rose”

‘Course (save for those WestPalmBeachers down there), market participants know ’tis the tendency of technicals to lag price.  And those trendlines for Gold and Silver are losing their downside  consistency because the baby blue dots — at least for the past three trading days — are on the rise.  As these “Baby Blues” tend to lead price, we may see such trends rotate from negative to positive over the next week or two, (the blue dots then having crossed back above their respective 0% axes).

But wait, there’s more:  let’s go to the Market Magnets for both precious metals.  Note the steely upside crossovers of price above Magnet.  As described on the website: “…being ‘attracted’ to and crossing the Magnet, we expect price to continue in the same direction. But when the price gets too far away from the Magnet, we anticipate price to be re-attracted to the Magnet…” Cue Walter Egan with Stevie Nicks from ’78: “Magnet and Steel”

“So, mmb, because they’ve both just crossed, you think there’s more up to come?”

‘Tis the rule rather than exception, Squire.  In looking at Gold’s lower-left panel wherein price is labeled as +80 points above the Magnet, the two prior peaks were upwards of +200 points; as for Sister Silver’s lower-right panel at +4.48 points, ’tis about the same distance as seen a month ago; however her February excursion ran toward +10 points higher.

“Ok that’s pretty cool, mmb, but by the weekly stuff, gold’s trend still is down…”

Squire, by Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from a year ago-to-date, price just completed its eighth Short week per the rightmost red dots.  But the good news is that through these last six weeks, Gold has been more contained, indeed trending sideways as opposed to downward:

Sideways notwithstanding, for Gold in the ensuing week to flip its parabolic trend from Short to Long, price need rise +493 points such as to eclipse the noted 5217 level.  As of now, the expected weekly trading range is “only” 335 points, (last’s week’s actual range being “just” 265 points), and the daily 107 points.  Thus barring the long-bankrupt U.S. Treasury actually acknowleding bankruptcy (or some other momentous market-moving event), Gold’s Short trend likely has more than a week before reaching its end, even should price continue to ascend.

Meanwhile:  shall there ever be an end to the meteoric rise in the S&P 500?  Our wariness is beyond extreme.  ‘Round here, the high-level finance folks with whom we’re humbly honoured to engage all ‘know’ that “The Crash!” is coming.  (‘Tis been re-hashed time and again now for some three years).  Regardless, recall in our 18 April missive that for the S&P’s practically non-existent dividend yield to match that of the annualized three-month U.S. T-Bill, the Index need decline -64%.  (That won’t be on CNBS).  And perhaps such demise is near, for as a fine friend the other day said:  “It’s different now.”  That thus stated, we’ve repetitively learned that ’tis never different.

To be sure, the S&P’s Q1 Earnings Season has exhibited excellent year-over-year growth; but as we’ve regularly underscored, the actual level of earnings remains too poor to maintain price, especially given more than triple the yield in the “risk-free” T-Bill.

So, here’s the quintessential question to pose for equities chasers in this Investing Age of Stoopid.  The price of an investment into which you want to pile on along with all the lemmings is $48.20.  Your trusty stockbroker tells you that if you buy today at that price, one year from now your value will be — including dividend yield — $49.72.  Gonna buy it?  Of course not. A +3.15% gain is boring!   No.  You want stocks that triple several times a year, ’cause that’s what everybody else has.

“Well, what exactly is that $48.20 stock, mmb?”

‘Tis not a stock, Squire. Rather, ’tis proportionally the “price” and “return” of the S&P 500 today.  The price/earnings ratio settled this past week at 48.20x.  That means you are willing to pay $48.20 for something that in a year shall earn $1.00, putting the price (per retained earnings) at $49.20.  Add in the amazing yield of 1.080% for another 52¢ and there’s your all-in value a year hence of $49.72 … just in case you’re scoring at home.

Looking to gain even less?  By the same proportional math for some specific S&P constituents, buying Tesla (TSLA) equates to paying $358 for something that earns $1.  CoStar Group (CSGP)?  $536 to gain $1.  Or “How much is that doggie in the window?”–[Patti Page, ’53] Datadog (DDOG) $647 to earn $1.  Then of course, one can do a full face-plant with CrowdStrike Holdings (CRDW) by paying an actual $528 for something that earns nothing.  Have a great day.  The Economic Barometer continues to have its share of them…

 

…albeit this past week was a bit of a mixed bag.  18 metrics came into the Baro, of which eight bettered the prior period, eight were worse, and two remained the same.  March’s Factory Orders were the best of the bunch in beating both consensus and February, even as that month was revised higher.  America is making stuff!  Well sort of:  the worst metric of the week was the first peek at Productivity for Q1, which missed consensus, was less than that for Q4, itself revised lower.  Thus more “stuff” is being made less efficiently.

Wealth efficiency, however, is promoted by precious metals.  And as to their respective “Nows”, next we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold at left and for Silver at right.  This past week’s rallies moved prices up though resistance morphing such into support.  For the yellow metal, down to 4691 looks safe, whereas for the white metal, shall the 80s hold?  Let’s see how her new week from 80.84 unfolds:

We’ll wrap it here with this updated image from “A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words Dept.”, or in this case, perhaps just one word:  “YIKES!”

Here’s a better word:  “GOLD!”

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 859 – (02 May 2026) – “Gold’s Year-to-Date Gain Nearly Gone”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 859th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 02 May 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Year-to-Date Gain Nearly Gone“

‘Course, Gold’s year-to-date gain was already gone back on 23 March, only to have in part recovered.  But:  bang on cue following last week’s piece “Likely Lower Levels for the Precious Metals“, both Gold and Silver began this past week with three consecutive losing days.  Into Wednesday’s lows, the yellow metal’s week had declined by as much as -4.3% and that for the white metal by as much as -6.3%.

Fortunately, the balance of the week mitigated much if not all of the selling, Gold settling yesterday (Friday) at 4626, “just” -2.1% net for the week, and Silver at 75.84 for a week’s net wee gain of +0.2%.  However, might technical pullback further ensue?  This calls for further review as herein we’ll do.

Either way, as we commence the year’s second quadrimestre, the precious metals are — after “Big Oil” — still on the balance of the podium, both now up a like amount to each other per our year-to-date BEGOS Markets Standings.  This in spite of come 23 March, as noted Gold had given up the entirety of the year’s gain from 5586 to 4100, a nearly -27% drop at which point price for 2026 was down more than -5%.  Yet that was then, this is now:

‘Course, ’tis fair to say that both precious metals have given back the lion’s share of their year-to-date gains:  come 29 January, Gold was +28.9% and Silver (deep breath) +71.6%.  But by their respective opening Scoreboard Fair Values (Gold’s being 4005 vs. present price of 4626 and Silver’s being 57.81 vs. present price of 75.84), such excessive overvaluation has been unwinding.  Below, specific to Gold by its weekly bars from one year ago-to-date, the red-dotted Short trend has just completed its seventh week, (price having started such stint from 5010):

And per usual as ’tis month-end (plus one trading day in May), we’ve our “Live by the Leverage, Die by the Leverage” year-over-year chart of Gold’s percentage track vis-à-vis those of key metals equities.  Thus from most-to-least we’ve the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +118%, both Newmont (NEM) and Pan American Silver (PAAS) +106%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +78%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +56%, Gold itself +40%, and Franco-Nevada (FNV) +32%.  (And those “lower right shoulders” are not looking very promising…).  So:  is Gold en route back to Fair Value (4005)?  The trend is one’s — er uh — friend…

Too, trading range compression has continued.  Gold’s trading range this past week was 224 points, second-narrowest of the last nine, as the EDTRs (“Expected Daily Trading Ranges”) for both precious metals have become slimmer still per the next graphic, (for which we remind you WestPalmBeachers down there this is not price direction; rather ’tis expectation of daily price range):

As thereon depicted in the two boxes, Gold’s EDTR going into Monday is now 104 points, only 37% of the expectation for 283 points back its peak on 09 February, and that for Silver is now 3.36 points, just 25% of the 13.46 sought for that same date.  As to achieving/exceeding the EDTRs, across the past 28 trading days, Gold has only so done six times and Silver seven.  Also notable is a reduction in trading activity:  Gold’s average daily contract volume in April was but a scant 65% of that for March, and for Silver ’twas 76%.  Cue Pink Floyd’s: “The Narrow Way” –[’69].   

Thus for the precious metals we’ve narrowing trading ranges and reductions in volume.  Query:  might the Fed have the metals spooked, indeed waiting for what (by the math) we deem as inevitably higher FedFunds interest rates?  This past week, the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee again voted to maintain its current 3.50%-3.75% targeted rate range as it has since last 10 December (through three subsequent meetings).  As is universally recognized, the Fed seeks disinflation of inflation back down to 2%.  But per the completed Inflation Summary Table for March, we’re still going the wrong way, the underscored two averages back in February having been respectively 2.9% and 5.0%.  Now look at them:

“And the metals don’t like Fed rate hikes, right mmb?”

As a rule of thumb, Squire, that is generally true, or certainly so is the conventional wisdom, (even as both Gold and FedFunds rates rose together from 2004-2006).  Either way, there are 32 trading sessions between now and the next FOMC Policy Statement (17 June), and a lot can happen en route.  Do mind the website’s “Gold” and “Silver” pages, (especially if you’re scoring at home).

Indeed whilst minding this somewhat cautionary state of Gold, to look at the StateSide economy and S&P 500, everything’s right with the world!  The Economic Barometer staged a week of recovery, with 10 of the 16 incoming metrics bettering their period-over-period results, notably so The Conference Board’s April reading of Consumer Confidence, plus March’s Personal Income, Spending, Durable Orders and Housing Starts, whilst the S&P continued to make record highs.

“But, mmb, there’s something not right about that…”

Squire, as said Alice, “curiouser and curiouser”.  ‘Tis exclaimed through the FinMedia that this ongoing Q1 Earnings Season is “spectacular!”  ‘Course, that depends on how one looks at it.  To be sure, of the 297 S&P 500 constituents having thus far reported, 79% have upped their bottom lines from Q1 a year ago, a solid above-average pace of improvement.  But because the S&P itself keeps rising, the price/earnings ratio (now 49.2x per the opening Scoreboard) remains far above ultimate acceptability, there being practically no yield left in the Index (1.101%) as opposed to the “risk-free” three-month annualized U.S. T-Bill (3.575%).  But as we’ve on occasion quipped, saying at the cocktail party that you invest in treasuries instead of stocks isn’t very sexy; rather ’tis boring:  “Yeah?  We’ll I own Nvidia, man, ’cause I’m like sooo smart!”  Good for you, “man”.  (Let’s see how that 40.2x NVDA yieldless P/E works out for ya).  Here’s the Baro (blue line) from a year ago-to-date along with the sky-high S&P:

Again, it being month-end, ’tis time to go ’round the horn for all eight BEGOS Markets by their last 21 trading days (one month) including each component’s grey regression trendline and our famous “Baby Blues”, the dots which depict the day-to-day consistency of the trendlines.  Such trend for Gold clearly is negative, whereas for Silver ’tis momentarily flat.  Obviously that for the S&P 500 (“SPOO”) is in steep ascendence, albeit upon its “Blues” breaking below the +80% level, the next “sell” shall be underway:

Now we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  The yellow metal is currently nestled in the lower third of its Profile, basically in the 4650-4500 range.  As for the white metal, her nearby range spans from 77.35 down to 73.65, the labels for both metals being the levels with the highest trading volumes in those price areas:

And here we’ve the Gold Structure by the month since the year 2020, (again featuring the Pink Floyd piece as afore-referenced).  The right-most “candle” is only the first day for May; however the preceding April candle clearly shows the trading range as having compressed.  Yes, David, ’tis narrowed a bit up there:

Thus in further review, Gold has given back most of what had been a substantive gain by 29 January of 5586 (+28.9%) to now a vastly reduced +6.8%, albeit having since nicely recovered from March’s 4100 low.  To wit, this day-to-day graphic of Gold’s percentage ride since the 4332 (black line) close in 2025, the “lower highs” of both 02 March and 17 April giving at least technical cause for concern:

However, we do not take fundamental pause.  Yes, Gold is currently +15.5% above the Gold Scoreboard’s Fair Value of 4005, and could well revisit that level.  But hardly shall we allow debasing currency us dishevel!

Cheers!

…m…

 

The Gold Update: No. 858 – (25 April 2026) – “Likely Lower Levels for the Precious Metals”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 858th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 25 April 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Likely Lower Levels for the Precious Metals“

  • This past Wednesday, our deMeadville analytics produced a near-term “sell signal” for Gold.
  • This past Thursday, our deMeadville analytics produced a near-term “sell signal” for Silver.

“And heeeere they arrrrrre!” –[Monty Hall, “Let’s Make a Deal”, 1963-1991]

“Ahh, the breaking down of the ‘Baby Blues’, right mmb?”

Exactly so, Squire.  The baby blue dots of 21-day linear regression trend consistency have been a favoured leading indicator of deMeadville for many years.  (As a valued reader wrote to us better than a decade ago:  “Let me not forget to tip my hat to the Baby Blues – they have made my trading far more successful and less stressful!”)

And specific to the above case for both Gold on the left and for Silver on the right, their respective “Baby Blues” have fallen through the key +80% axis per the red-encircled dots, the rule there being likely lower levels near-term.

To wit, the fine team from our “There’s No Holy Grail Dept.” assembled this table of “Baby Blues” sell signals for both Gold (four) and Silver (five) from a year ago-to-date, even as we hasten to state that “Shorting Gold is a bad idea.”  The maximum points and monetary losses/contract within the ensuing 21 trading days (one month) are therein compiled, the two new fresh signals with “???”:

Thus, as an appropriate musical ditty: “Where Do We Go From Here?” –[Chicago, ’70]

‘Course, ’tis unknown as to how low the precious metals shall go, if at all.  And by price structure, we don’t see anything helpfully tangible.  So we went instead to ol’ Leonardo “Fibonacci” Bonacci to find some reasonable expectation for the downside. And here’s what “The Fibster” found:

  • For Gold (June contract):  it settled yesterday (Friday) at 4725.  The dominant recent low was 4129 (22 March) and dominant high 4918 (17 April).  Thus the Golden Ratio retracement range spans from 4616 (-38.2%) down to 4430 (-61.8%).

  • For Silver (May contract):  it settled yesterday (Friday) at 75.69.  The dominant recent low was 61.21 (likewise on 22 March) and dominant high 83.25 (likewise on 17 April).  Thus the Golden Ratio retracement range spans from 74.21 (-38.2%) down to 69.63 (-61.8%).

All that, just in case you’re scoring at home.  Preferably however, Gold and Silver simply resume higher.  Yet, ad nauseam we repeat:  “Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes.”

Either way, to be sure, Gold and “Big Oil” have been in a war phase of negative correlation.  Restrain the transit of Oil and the price rises.  In turn, the demand for Dollars with which to purchase Oil also rises.  And whilst we’ve on occasion demonstrated over the years that “Gold plays no currency favourites”, in these warring times, the knee-jerk reaction is to sell Gold given the oxymoronic condition known as “Dollar strength”, which on balance (albeit not very consistently) been the case since the USA/IRN war commenced on 28 February.  Indeed in the past week alone, the Buck made “higher daily highs” each of Monday through Thursday, although the “war-high” Dollar Index level of 100.500 remains above the current 98.340 level.

But the point is:  rising Oil has led to declining Gold as we look at their BEGOS Markets (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500) correlation through these first 78 trading days of 2026.  Note the red square marking the war’s commencement, (Gold then 5296 vs. 4725 today, i.e. -10.8%).  Beneath the red axis indicates negative correlation:

In turning to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, this past week’s span of 183 points was the narrowest since that ending 14 weeks back on 16 January, even as the expected weekly trading range remains rather robust at 349 points, (and the daily 112 points).  Too, contract volume in April is comparably subdued to that traded in March.  Thus as we saw by the “Baby Blues” falling off, Gold may be seeking a rest, especially given how otherwise volatile this year’s first quadrimester has been:

As to the 10-day Market Profiles of Gold (below left) and of Silver (below right), what we’d cited a week ago as support areas for Gold “…the yellow metal by the 4800s…” and for Silver “…the white metal basically by the 79 handle…” obviously have morphed into resistance:

“Well, mmb, if support and resistance always held, the markets wouldn’t go anywhere…”

That, dear Squire, elicits the foundational cornerstone of what today is the oft-ignored essential of “cash management”, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there means knowing precisely where you’ll exit your losing trade before even placing it).  And by the white present-level bar in both of the two volume-weighted stacks, Gold by price is -3.7% from the top of its Profile, and Sister Silver -9.0%:

But then there’s the “Nuthin’ But Up Dept.” known as the S&P 500, (or as we on occasion more accurately refer to it, the “Casino 500”).  “War?  What war??”  Warring in the 21st century has been StateSide stocks friendly:  now 39 trading days into Iran, the S&P is at a record closing high (7165) +4.2%.  Remember Syria in 2014?  39 trading days in ’twas +1.4%.  How ’bout Libya in 2011:  +4.6% for the same stint.  And respectively for Iraq in 2003 +8.8% and for Afghanistan in 2001 +6.4%, both after 39 trading days.

Today the S&P 500 is now 12 consecutive trading days “textbook overbought”, the “live” price/earnings ratio is 48.5x and the yield (jeepers, ’tis so tiny we can’t find it…) oh there ’tis:  1.109%.  Astride the Economic Barometer, which — save for improved Retail Sales in March — basically put in an uneventful week, is the never war-weary S&P red line:

Toward closing, on a nightly basis for the website we run 405 Market Rhythm studies across all of the BEGOS Markets.  And whilst nothing works in perpetuity for any market study, that which has been best for Gold through its last 10 swings is the four-hour Price Oscillator, (which is a “canned” study supplied by high-level data providers).  In running this particular study through the deMeadville number-crunching, we found it to have reached an “in hindsight“ profit objective of at least 56 points 10-times in-a-row, (from 05 February-to-date with an average duration per swing of five calendar days).  At $100/point/contract, here’s that “in hindsight“ profit picture:

Again we emphasize the above results are “in hindsight“.

“Yeah, but still, mmb, ten times back-to-back is amazing!”

Squire, this is where — again — cash management is of critical concern.  You may recall the French Revolution survivor Pierre-Simon, Marquis de Laplace.  Per his infamous “Rule of Succession”, in this case for something having occurred ten consecutive times, the probability of an eleventh like occurrence is mathematically 91.67%.  HOWEVER (emphasized), in the reality of trading, the actual probability is 50.00%.  Period.  Do try not to get carried away.

But should precious metals near-term slip away, ‘tis good to still have Gold along the way!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 857 – (18 April 2026) – “Gold’s Means Reversion; S&P’s Record Excursion”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 857th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 18 April 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Means Reversion; S&P’s Record Excursion“

Our recent missives have underscored Gold’s volatility as having been reduced from vehement to narrow.  Here at deMeadville, we are keen watchers of one of the most overlooked metrics in trading:  range, notably that which is expected for each ensuing trading day, regardless of direction.  ‘Tis why on the website we’ve the Market Ranges page which embodies the year-over-year “EDTR” (“Expected Daily Trading Range”) for each of the eight BEGOS Markets (Bond, Euro/Swiss Franc, Gold/Silver/Copper, Oil, S&P 500).

Knowing the EDTR — be it for any of the BEGOS Markets or even equites — helps to keep one’s feet on the ground.  For example, how many times across the S&P 500’s post-COVID six-year rally have we heard some yahoo boastfully exclaim:  “Oh!  I just bought XXX ’cause after earnings today it’s gonna fly” … only to find some days later that it never got very far off the tarmac.  (You ought have had a sense of expected range there, Bunky).

Either way, with Gold having settled its week yesterday (Friday) at 4849, the compressing of range continues.  The following graphic is our year-to-date view of Gold’s actual daily trading ranges (the bars) vis-à-vis each day’s EDTR (the line). Clearly during April, daily range has been narrowing.  In fact, specific to the past 10 trading days’ ranges, none have reached up to the EDTR, even as ’tis been contracting:

Moreover, in each trading day’s Prescient Commentary we cite the stance of the BEGOS Markets relative to their “Neutral Zones”:  be a market higher or lower, if its price is within that day’s Neutral Zone, we deem the day as essentially “unchanged”.  And across Gold’s past 10 trading days, five have concluded within the Neutral Zone.

“It’s kinda like that Chris Isaac song, right mmb?”

Squire is referring to the ’95 tune about the girl with dirty blonde hair wearing a taupe miniskirt whilst standing with her overnight case in the Greyhound bus station: “Goin’ Nowhere”.

Not that Gold’s hasn’t gone anywhere.  Price year-to-date has spanned from 5586 (our forecast high 5546) down to 4100 (our forecast low 4136), a range of -1486 points (-26.6%).  ‘Course, with 179 trading days remaining in 2026, ’tis far too soon to “take credit” that we “nailed it”.  But range has been nonetheless narrowing.  Both of the past two weeks have recorded notably narrower trading ranges (262 and 292 points chronologically) than those of the three prior (571, 501 and 413 chronologically).  So to Gold’s weekly bars we go, the red-dotted parabolic Short trend having completed its fifth week, such stance having commenced back on 16 March when priced opened at 5010:

Meanwhile from the “Means Reversion Dept.” we’ve this updated graphic of Gold from a year ago-to-date along with its smooth valuation line born of price’s movement relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets as therein noted.  To reprise, ’twasn’t that far back on 26 March (only 15 trading days ago) that Gold settled at a record -886 points (-16.8%) beneath valuation.  Now as we below see, ’tis just -55 points “low”.  As we oft quip, “Means reversion is a beautiful thAng” … (however, when it finally hits the S&P 500, ’twill be horrifying, perhaps per our wrap).  Here’s the Gold graphic with price nearly having reverted back up to valuation, (which is a swifter valuing of Gold than is Fair Value by which Gold remains quite high):

Now we just made reference to the S&P 500, the mighty Index overvalued, overbought and overhyped beyond belief.

“Well, mmb, they say the war is winding down…”

Squire, it puts us in mind of the old saying “There’s been a sudden breakout of peace”, albeit so called “cease fires” carry a rather temporary tone.  And now we’ve just learned the Straits of Hormuz have again been “closed”.

Regardless, ’twas but seven missives ago on 28 February that we penned “… in setting this morning to write our 850th consecutive Saturday missive, we’ve just learned of the commencement of USA/ISR attacks on IRN…”  The S&P then was 6879, Oil 67.29 and Gold 5296.  Today, Gold is -8% lower at 4849, Oil +27% higher at 85.57 (and at one point was +75% higher at 117.63) and the S&P now +4% higher at the record closing high of 7126.  Were not higher energy prices to wreak havoc on corporate earnings?

To be sure, only the single war month of March is included in this Q1 Earnings Season, which whilst still quite young for the S&P 500 has thus far been excellent:  30 constituents have reported, of which 25 — that’s 83% — have bettered their bottom lines over Q1 of a year ago.  Going as far back as 2017, the average quarterly year-over-year improvement is 66%. “Happy Days Are Here Again”  –[Ager/Yellen, ’29].  However, problematic as we’ve time and again mentioned is that the nominal level of earnings need really to double toward supporting the stratospherically high level of the S&P; the median increase thus in Q1 earnings Season far is “only” +20% — which actually is great — but ’tis not the +100% “requisite” to get earnings in line with price.

Yet, so happy are the S&Pers that they’ve driven up the Index to now being (by our technical cocktail of Relative Strength, Stochastics and John Bollinger’s Bands) extremely “textbook overbought”, the price/earnings ratio a laughable 48.7x, with a pitifully puny yield of 1.127%, whereas noted in the opening Gold Scoreboard, the three-month annualized U.S. T-Bill yield is 3.600%.  Again, that’s more than triple the S&P’s dividend return and you shan’t lose your money … at least not until the U.S. Treasury defaults and/or the Buck gets nixed as the world ‘s reserve currency.  For you WestPalmBeachers down there, that is why you want to own Gold.

Meanwhile, to the suddenly sagging Econ Baro we go, ignored ‘natch by an S&P all aglow, the high P/Es list pulled from the website you know:

Indeed of the past week’s 11 incoming Economic Barometer metrics, just four improved period-over-period, notably therein both the New York State Empire and Philly Fed Indices for April.  But March’s Producer Price Index (barring neither you eat nor drive) was again quite inflationary, the +0.5% pace annualized at +6.0% being ever so far afield from the Federal Reserve’s +2.0% target.  Why, even FedGov Stephen “The Mirage” Miran on Thursday reduced his rate cuts projection for this year from four to perhaps three, inflation having become (hat-tip Barron’s) “more complicated even before war with Iran began”.  Yo, Mirage Man:  instead, how ’bout a rate increase or two, hmmm?

And speaking of increases, even as trading ranges narrow, our baby blue dots of regression trend consistency have been well on the rise for the precious metals as we below see for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right by the day across the past three months.  Recall “Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes…”?  Indeed you do:

Too, we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold (below left) and for Silver (below right).  Price is supportively-positioned in both cases, the yellow metal by the 4800s and the white metal basically by the 79 handle, her having just settled a completed week above 80 (at 80.93) for the first time since that ending 13 March.  Cautiously however by the Scoreboard, whereas Gold is presently +23.2% above Fair Value (3937), Silver is +42.4% above same (56.82).  Hang in there, Sister Silver…

Toward our wrap, here’s the stack:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):
Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  5586 (29 January 2026)
2026’s High:  5586 (29 January)
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  5411 (28 January 2026)
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Long:  5362
10-Session directional range:  up to 4908 (from 4628) = +280 points or +6.1%
Gold’s BEGOS Market Value (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  4905
Trading Resistance:  vis-à-vis the Market Profile, 4880 – 4910
Gold Currently:  4849, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  135 points)
Trading Support:  vis-à-vis the Market Profile, the lower 4800s
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4785
2026’s Low:  4100 (23 March)
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3937
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3863 and rising
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

So as Gold gathers itself via means reversion, the S&P 500 has made a record high excursion.  But is it really that impressive?  After all, year-to-date Gold is now +11.9%, whereas the S&P is comparably +4.1%.  Still, truth be told, both markets are fundamentally overvalued, Gold per its Fair Value and the S&P by its high (understatement) P/E.  Gold indeed reverted well back down toward Fair Value when price plummeted to 4100 just this past 23 March, (Fair Value then 3890).  But what about for the S&P?  How far would price have to fall to bring the present dividend yield of 1.127% up to match the aforementioned T-Bill’s 3.600%?  We put the question to “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”), which responded thus:

  • “Based on recent market data as of mid-April 2026, the S&P 500 would need to fall approximately 4,586 points to increase the dividend yield from 1.127% to 3.600%.”

Naturally, we followed-up with the math to find ‘twould be an S&P 500 “correction” of -64% to 2540 — right in the heart as below marked of the extrapolated “had COVID not occurred” red regression channel … just in case you’re scoring at home:

Query:  How are those Gold n’ Silver holdings workin’ out for ya?

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 856 – (11 April 2026) – “Gold Range Narrowing; Inflation Gauge Harrowing”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 856th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 11 April 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Range Narrowing; Inflation Gauge Harrowing“

With all the global uncertainty in play — from unrepayable debt and overvalued (understatement) equities, to stymied transport of the world’s economic engine (oil) and sorrowfully childish warring (“He bombed me, so I’m gonna bomb him!”) — the trading range of Gold, which as we detailed a week ago had through Q1 been “vehemently volatile”, is now noticeably narrowing.  This perhaps is due in part to an allowance of ships through the infamous Strait, as well as 14th-century minds (all ’round) now attempting 21st-century negotiations.  On verra…

“But the trading range still is pretty wide, huh, mmb…”

Broadly, Squire, Gold’s ranginess indeed can still be characterized as “wide”, yet of late clearly compressing, as too is that for Silver.  Here from a year ago-to-date per the website are the EDTRs (“expected daily trading ranges”) for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right, both well off their respective peaks of recent weeks; (again for you WestPalmBeachers down there, this is not price, rather the expected range thereto from day-to-day):

“But with prices up so much from a year ago, how about by percentage instead of points, mmb?”

Squire, by either method, precious metals’ volatility today is essentially double that of a year ago, yet as noted, remarkably reduced from the recent price-spiking in February.  To wit this table (in reverse chronological order):

The “point” is:  with all that is in play these days, the daily trade of both Gold and Silver has become a bit more contained, even if considerable vis-à-vis this time in 2025.

Still, as we turn to Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from a year ago-to-date, notwithstanding a fourth rightmost red Short dot, price has posted both “higher highs” and “higher lows” for two consecutive weeks in perceivably pursuing a return to the ascending dashed trendline.  This past week’s low-to-high range of +262 points (+5.7%) ranks narrowest of the past four, despite its expected weekly trading range having anticipated a span of 369 points:

Price too has been recovering relative to its BEGOS Market Value, which as initially depicted in the opening Scoreboard and as below labeled at 5086, is in decline even as Gold settled yesterday (Friday) at 4771, but still -315 points under its smooth valuation line:

‘Course, that’s been a significant improvement given Gold just back on 26 March was a record -886 points (-16.8%) below said valuation.  But more broadly (again per the Scoreboard) Gold today at 4771 is +21.3% overvalued given Fair Value of 3934.  Although Gold through its many “discarded relic” years overwhelmingly went unnoticed, today we oft are asked “Is this a good time to buy Gold?”, our “off-the record” response being, “Now is fine, but purposely budget to purchase again upon price returning to Fair Value.” Reference as well Stephanie Quayle “We Buy Gold” –[’21] as we below go to Gold’s two-panel graphic of the daily bars from three months ago-to-date at left and 10-day Market Profile at right.  Note the baby blue dots of regression trend consistency continuing to climb:  upon their eclipsing the 0% axis, such trend shall have rotated from negative to positive.  And by the Profile, Gold’s most immediate support zone runs from 4787 down to 4691:

Quite similar is the drill for Silver, although having settled the week at 76.03 finds her a distant +33.9% above Fair Value of 56.77.  But as with Gold, Silver’s “Baby Blues” (below left) are rising as her trend becomes less negative, whilst per her Profile (below right) she appears supported down to 72.90.  “As overvalued as you are, Sweet Sister Silver, we still love you!”

Now:  recall the late, great, heavily Brooklyn-accented Joan Rivers?  “Kin we tawk??” … in this case about inflation.  Throughout the past two years, we’ve regularly herein displayed our monthly summaries of inflation, time and again citing its rate stubbornly running above the Federal Reserve’s desired annualized target of +2.0%.  And yet across all those many months has come the usual FinMedia speculation of “How many times will the Fed cut this year?”  Thus rolls on the Investing Age of Stoopid wherein actually performing math has become comprehensively replaced by people parroting what everybody else says and posts.  But has the time now finally arrived to “pay the piper”, (i.e. raise rates)?  Here’s our inflation table for February, now sporting the most over-extended “above target” paces in recent years.  And that’s pre-war, Folks:

But wait, there’s more:  warringly exacerbated by disruption to “the free flow of Oil at market prices” (hat-tip RHL), the “headline” release yesterday by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Consumer Price Index for March of +0.9% was its fastest monthly inflation pace in nearly four years, (since the +1.3% reading for June in 2022 as markets accelerated back to work post-COVID).  However, assuming that neither do you drive nor eat, the “core” release was again just +0.2%.  (Relieved?)

‘Course, the Fed’s stance to cut its FundsRate had been rooted in weak employment data.  But as we know from a week ago, the StateSide jobs picture for March improved well-beyond consensus expectation.  And even as the Economic Barometer took a bit of a dip this past week with just four of its 15 incoming metrics having improved period-over-period, the Baro’s overall strength from July a year ago combined with the ever-more harrowing inflation data well-suits the Fed for a rate rise instead.  The next Open Market Committee Policy Statement is due 13 trading days hence on 29 April, but expect a lot of geo-political play and effect in the balance.  Meanwhile, here’s our year-over-year Econ Baro view:

And specific to the practically yieldless S&P 500, is the average investor about to step off the price cliff, or be willing to pay $44.60 for something that “earns” $1?  If you follow our leading MoneyFlow page, you know just how weak is the Flow, lacking on balance very little “go”, despite a “cease-fire” bump as below shown.  For by the broadest MoneyFlow measure (the right-hand panel’s cumulation from three months ago-to-date), the S&P “ought be” some -700 points lower than its current 6817 price.  But as usual, it takes time for the investing community to figure that out…

…and hardly shall the now underway Q1 Earnings Season find bottom lines for the S&P having doubled, (which for those of you scoring at home would halve the price/earnings ratio to a more realistic level).  Fortunately with Gold, you’ll always be on the right level!

“Oh now yer really ‘tawkin’, mmb!”

Absolutely, Squire.

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 855 – (04 April 2026) – “The Vehement Volatility of Gold”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 855th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 04 April 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“The Vehement Volatility of Gold“

One quarter (plus two days) of the 2026 trading year is in the books, replete with really record-setting Q1 volatility for Gold, price having settled its week on Thursday at 4703 as we above see.

For an otherwise “non-yielding, archaic, ho-hum” hard currency, Gold in Q1 traced a record -1,486 point-range from the recent All-Time High of 5586 (29 January) down to 4100 (23 March), indeed a -26.6% plummet across a mere 37 trading days.  Comparably, this century’s second-largest Q1 trading range was +537 points (+20.5%) just a year ago; or second-best percentage-wise, Gold in 2009 amassed a +25.7% low-to-high Q1 run, (albeit by points ’twas “only” +206 from 802 to 1008).

Yet through such rampant Q1 volatility for 2026, we’ve this amazing view from the ” ‘Tis Far Too Early to Blow One’s Own Horn Dept. “

“Oh no, here yer gonna gloat, mmb…”

Now just relax, Squire, and instead recall this opening sentence from our first missive of 2026 (03 January) which read as follows:

  • “5546 is our forecast Gold high for 2026.”

‘Twas then followed a number of paragraphs deeper into the piece by:

  • “… the potential low coming in at 4136 …”

Here is daily Gold year-to-date (63 trading days); duly note therein the labeled green and red lines:

“Yeah but ya gotta think that range is gonna get busted, mmb…”

“Think” is your key word there, Squire.  Unknowns abound with 75% of the trading year still in the balance.  To wit:  next week’s busy economic calendar shall complete our inflation data for February and it doesn’t look Fed-favorable one wit.  Energy prices are on the move to the extent we see the FinMedia (finally) having figured out the Federal Reserve may actually have to raise rates as the year unfolds.  “Whoopsie!”  There’s your Gold negative for lower lows, albeit as we’ve historically herein shown, Gold can rise in stride with rates, (recall 2004-2006).  ‘Course if instead money need be created by the Fed to pay back that to which the U.S. has been lent, there’s your Gold positive for higher highs: recall our close from two missives ago:

  • ” What if — to pay off the StateSide federal debt of now $39T — the Fed merely made an accounting entry of same … the ‘M2’ money supply would leap 2.7x from today’s $22T to some $61T … [and Gold would be] at 10,606 (by Fair Value precision) … ‘Got Gold?’ “

Moving right along… we just mentioned energy, which given the war has knocked the precious metals from their long-running spot atop our BEGOS Markets Standings.  Here’s the table year-to-date, (and no, that percentage gain for Oil is not a typo):

Still, both Gold and Silver are on the podium.  But clearly the S&P 500 being -3.8% is certain to cause chaotic confusion for the “stocks only go up” crowd.  The chilling news for such “marked-to-market millionaires” is that across the past 50 years, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there is from 1976 through 2025), the S&P has netted 24% (i.e.12 years) that were negative … but there’s been only one down year in the past seven.  Think the S&P is overwhelmingly due for a down year, or two?  Reprise Murray Head from back in ’75: “Say it ain’t so, Joe”.  Have a great day.

To be sure, Gold’s days are vehemently volatile, indeed as are its weeks per the following year-over-year graphic.  The expected weekly trading range for Gold is now 369 points, the daily alone being 196 points.  Either way — of which there’s been a lot — the red parabolic Short trend has completed a third dot.  But at least Gold’s four-week losing streak is complete, this past week’s +4.7% gain a welcome treat.  Moreover, Gold is still “textbook oversold” through the past 13 trading days; that would resolve upon Gold swiftly closing above 4797.  ‘Course, by the opening Scoreboard, Gold is nearly -10% below its BEGOS Market Value (5220), but ’tis practically +20% above Fair Value (3930).

Let’s stay year-over-year in going to our graphic of Gold’s percentage track vis-à-vis those of key metals’ equities.  Thus from this time a year ago, Gold has gained +49%, whereas for the leverage-driven equities we find Franco-Nevada (FNV) +64%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +93%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +107%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +118%, Newmont (NEM) +136%, and the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +137%.  Quite the roller coaster for the equities boaster!

The precious metals’ wild ride is further exemplified by our 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right, both boasting a big bracket gap.  Just a friendly reminder that gravity does work:

Whereas the above Profiles encompass this last fortnight, let’s too go ’round the horn across the past month by the daily bars for each of our BEGOS Markets.  Notice that — again save for Oil — the balance of the bunch have negatively-sloped grey regression trend lines.  Also, as regular website viewers know, the baby blue dots depict the consistency of the respective trends.  And per the maxim “Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes”, the rising “Baby Blues” for both Gold and Silver are indicative of their respective downtrends becoming less consistently so as the trendlines become more shallow.  We thus may see still higher metals’ prices in the ensuing week:

Now again, it being month-end, ’tis our own trend to present Gold by its monthly bars since 2020.  And per “March, the Mad Scientist” by Jethro Tull from 50 years ago, this past March for the Gold bulls was maddening.  ‘Tis the second right-most “candle”, which as jarringly red as it appears, finished March well off the aforementioned 4100 low.  Then the right-most wee “doji” is this April’s two trading days pro tanto, (a little Latin lingo there).  Here’s the whole show:

As for the Economic Barometer — on balance in ascent since last July — ’twasn’t too much of a surprise yesterday (Friday) to see the best Non-Farm Payrolls creation since March a year ago.  ‘Course, the growing economy in tandem with increasing prices doesn’t auger well for a FedFunds rate cut anytime soon, with instead perhaps (as noted) a rate rise should energy prices further fuel inflation.  On this side of the pond, petrol is getting pretty pricey.  We’re told that just down the coast in San Remo, its four filling stations went dry last week.  Meanwhile StateSide, the past week’s stream of 13 incoming Econ Baro metrics found eight having improved period-over-period, notably including (in addition to March’s job growth) February’s Retail Sales.  Here’s the picture from a year ago-to-date, the Baro in blue and S&P 500 in red, (and as earlier shown, year-to-date in the red):

All that said, next week is the commencement of Q1 Earnings Season.  You’ll recall those for Q4 found 71% of the S&P’s reporting constituents having improved their bottom lines from the like quarter a year earlier.  Can such above average pace be maintained?  The Baro suggests yes, but an ongoing energy crisis can eventually erode earnings.  ‘Course as we oft quip, if earnings today were properly used as an equities’ valuation tool, the S&P would be half its current level, (the current price/earnings ratio still a whoppingly high 43.5x).  But:  ’tis different these days (until ’tisn’t).

In the meantime — for those of you scoring at home — the S&P 500 (pre-yield) is +399% century-to-date (or with yield, nearly +500%); the yieldless relic — vehemently volatile Gold — is +1,618%.

So what’s in your bunny basket?

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 854 – (28 March 2026) – “♫ Stuck in the Middle with Gold ♫”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 854th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 28 March 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“♫ Stuck in the Middle with Gold ♫“

In two trading-days time, 2026 shall be 25% complete.  And as was calculated back at New Year, our expected yearly trading range for Gold in 2026 came to 1410 points between the low and high.  Or by percentage range, were the low to come first, the high would later be +34.1% above the low, else if vice-versa, the low -25.4% below the high, (the latter directionally being the case year-to-date).

But so far through not quite three months, the range has already surpassed our expectation in spanning 1486 points, or -26.6%,  from the 29 January high of 5586 down to the 23 March low of 4100.  More on Gold’s extremes vis-à-vis what we had precisely forecast come next Saturday’s month-end/quarter-end piece; (a shameless plug, that).

To be sure, from the “Means Reversion Dept.” — barring your having slept through last Monday’s trading session — that day’s low of 4100 was a “mere” +5.4% (+210 points) above Fair Value of then 3890.  We say “mere” as by Gold’s All-Time High of 5586, price at that instant was +43.0% (+1681 points) above Fair Value of then 3905; (the latter has since slipped a tad given the immaterially periodic refining of the money supply).

Either way, in settling the week yesterday (Friday) at 4490, Gold per the above opening Scoreboard is now fundamentally +14.4% (+564 points) above Fair Value, but technically is nearly an identical -14.6% (-770 points) below its BEGOS Market Value.  Cue “Stuck in the Middle with You” –[Stealers Wheel, ’72].  Cue, too, Gold’s year-over-year track and — just now rolling over — smooth BEGOS valuation line per our proprietary view:

More commonly used by the investing/trading community at large are “textbook technicals”, our preferred cocktail comprised of John Bollinger’s Bands, blended with Relative Strength and infused with Stochastics.  And such concoction now finds Gold as “textbook oversold” through the past nine trading days.

“But there’s new contract premium coming in, right mmb?”

Certainly so, Squire, as contract volume on Gold is rolling from April into June which adds +33 points of fresh premium to price (by the so-called “continuous contract”) as we go into next week.

‘Course such premium gets lost in the shuffle given just how broad Gold’s trading ranges have become:  price’s expect daily trading range is now 193 points (updated nightly at the website), and the weekly is expected to trace 359 points.

That’s a lot of points.  For example:  to trade one COMEX Gold contract (by which you control 100 ounces of Gold) today requires initial margin of just $31,671; (for you WestPalmBeachers down there, that is called “leverage”).  In the new week — assuming the range were to work out with your impossibly being perfectly price prescient in buying the exact low and selling the exact high (or vice-versa, albeit as we always say “Shorting Gold is a bad idea”) — you’d gain +359 points valued at $100/point, i.e. +$35,900 … which added to your initial margin would thus increase your account by +113% to $67,571.  That’s within one week, just in case you’re scoring at home.  (Disclaimer:  get it backward and you shan’t be around anymore).

What hasn’t been around for some time in The Gold Update is one of our infamous pop quizzes.  So let’s go with one.  Ready?

  • Gold just completed a fourth consecutive down week.  When was the last time that happened?  Extra credit:  What is Gold’s largest weekly down streak so far this century?

“The last time, mmb, was in February 2023, right?”

Correct you are, Squire.  And the for the extra credit?

“Ummm … there’ve been three streaks of seven weeks each in ’04, ’15 and ’16, yes?”

Folks, this is why Squire got the job.  Spot on, mate.  But let us not procrastinate, as we move on to the weekly bars from one year ago-to-date — which of late have not been looking so great — even as price  yesterday settled well off the week’s low:

 

Yet, as therein noted, Gold’s fourth consecutive down week was only a loss of -2 points, as from the 4100 low, price bounced back to now 4490.  Still, the distance from here to the ensuing week’s parabolic “flip-to-Long” price of 5527 requires a rise of +1037 points, nearly triple the expected weekly trading range (359 points).  So realistically, the current red-dotted parabolic Short trend likely has at least a few more weeks to run.

Toward choosing a technical study for Gold, from the “Benefit of Hindsight Dept.”, the website’s Market Rhythms page currently depicts 28 studies (of 45 tested nightly) which meet the list’s qualifications.  The best of that bunch up to now (through 10 tests) are Gold’s daily Parabolics:  as the last 10 signals have alternated back and forth between Long and Short (careful), each trade “would have” achieved a minimum of 48 points of profit.  ‘Course, you’re on your own with Market Rhythms as again, ’tis all in hindsight.  Still, the webpage encompassing all our BEGOS Market Rhythms is updated each night.

Updated daily as well is the Economic Barometer, for which the past week was fairly muted:  the Baro collected just eight incoming metrics of which three bettered their respective prior period.  Positively, the StateSide Current Account Deficit for Q4 ($190.7B) was the lowest since COVID-stricken Q1 for 2021.  As for the Baro’s weak link from last week, ’twas Q4’s Productivity revision from +2.8% down to +1.8%; (our ever-productive Squire hates it when that happens).  Here it all is from a year ago-to-date, ahead of 14 metrics due for next week’s slate:

Therein too we see the S&P 500 which from its record high of 7002 (28 January) is today at 6369,  a rather mild correction of -9%, and yet the price/earnings ratio is a ridiculously high 42.2x.  ‘Course to market “newbies” and the children’s writing pools of the FinMedia, this recent sag is a cataclysmic crash.  Therefore toward maintaining perspective, here is our updated chart of the S&P 500 across the past 50 years:  note the current rightmost “world-ending” down hook.  To be sure, war-elicited lack of energy can severely put the screws into the economy, meaning lower corporate earnings.  Oh yes, ’tis been a good number of years since earnings were actually regarded as a valuation tool for equities.  But perhaps the effects of the war shall bring common sense back to pricing, which per the following graphic would be between the yellow regression channel lines, (for as you well know, everything ultimately reverts to the mean):

Meanwhile, let us drill down into Gold.  Here we’ve the following two-panel graphic of the yellow metal’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile (by June contract pricing) on the right.  Query:  when Gold’s baby blue dots of regression trend consistency broke below +80% (price wildly overvalued up there), did you (to quote charter reader THR) “take a few chippies off the table”?  In looking at the Profile, we see nearby support for Gold as labeled at 4457 with resistance at 4598:

We’ve heard quite a bit of banter this past week about buying Gold sub-4000.  But you know how that goes:  whilst all await such desired level, price never gets there.  That said, although a return by Gold to Fair Value (now 3926, itself in ascent these past nine weeks) would be an attractive entry/add level, we reprise the great Richard Russell:  “There’s never a bad time to buy Gold!”

As to “poor ol’ Sister Silver” we can say the same as regards her “Baby Blues” (below left), their having broken the +80% axis back on 02 February.  And by her Profile (below right), now priced at 69.77, the white metal is basically at her most volume-dominant level of the past fortnight (69.70 as labeled).  As for Silver’s Fair Value?  Per the opening Scoreboard she’s presently +23.2% above such 56.65 level:

So there we have it:  Gold today at 4490 is nearly equidistant between its BEGOS Market Value (5260) which has just begun to descend, and its Fair Value (3926) which is in ascent.  So as to where Gold travels near-term, whilst fundamentals remain the ultimate driver of price, the swifter technicals are negative in many respects.  As noted earlier for guidance, Gold’s best trading studies are comprehensively tested every night in order to qualify at our Market Rhythms page.  Regardless, as herein emphasized, Gold is basically at the midpoint between our two critically important valuation metrics.  But in this case, being stuck in the middle clearly is good (dare we say) “Fortuna”!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 853 – (21 March 2026) – “Gold’s Double-Shot of Technical Adversity”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 853rd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 21 March 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Double-Shot of Technical Adversity“

We’ve felt a bit of a lone wolf year-to-date in duly citing Gold’s overbought state.  However of late, the mighty metal’s market participants have finally been grasping Gold’s dire strait.  For en route to settling  the week yesterday (Friday) at 4492, price from its All-Time High of 5586 — a mere 36 trading days ago on 29 January — is down -19.6%.

Not surprisingly in turn (and as promptly posted Wednesday on “X” @deMeadvillePro), Gold’s 14-week run of being parabolically Long saw such stance flip to Short.  Here ’tis, the rightmost first red dot as encircled:

 

But wait, there’s more:  note the above graphic’s being embedded with the now negatively-crossed “moving average convergence divergence” (MACD), the momentum of the blue line having powered down below the red line.  We’ve thus now adversity by both the parabolics and momentum:  hardly the “Double shot of my baby’s love” we relish romancing for Gold, (hat-tip The Swingin’ Medallions, ’66).

“But negative MACDs on the weekly haven’t been that bad, right mmb?”

Squire, in looking at any broad-term chart of Gold from the year 2019-to-date, price has been in rally mode, (the current overvaluation downside lurch notwithstanding). Indeed, the price of Gold started 2019 at 1285 and at 4492 today is an impressive 3.5x that opening price of just over seven years ago.  By comparison, the S&P 500 opened the same year at 2477 and is now 2.6x higher at 6506.  And yet throughout when specific to these two markets, the FinMedia’s focus has essentially been 99% on the S&P and 1% on Gold.  Oh well … perhaps they’ll figure it out someday.

Despite that, again as above graphically described, Gold has just taken a double shot of technical adversity per the weekly MACD and parabolics.

“Which, mmb, begs the usual question of ‘How low is low?’…”

The answer being, Squire, that none of us know.  Yet, we’ve history as a hint as to how low Gold may go.  The following two-panel table of weekly stints displays Gold’s worst adversity for the last 12 MACD Short signals on the left and for the last 12 parabolic Short signals on the right.  ‘Tis important to note that given Gold’s bold performance, adversity certainly from 2023-to-date has been comparatively minimal.  And whilst “average” hardly is “absolute”, at the foot of each panel is the average Short weeks’ duration before flipping back to Long:  12 weeks for the more ponderous MACD and 9 weeks for the slightly swifter parabolics.  Thus purely within the vacuum of “average” — and assuming the yellow metal opens this Monday ’round where now ’tis at 4492 — precisely hitting the MACD’s -4.4% decline would put Gold at 4294 within 12 weeks, or by the parabolics a -3.1% decline down to 4353 within 9 weeks.  ‘Course, given Gold’s expected daily trading range is presently 167 points — let alone the weekly being 340 points — price could touch such adversity in a single day.  Here’s the table either way:

 

All such negative nattering aside, there is good news:  Gold by the opening Scoreboard is now -14.7% below its BEGOS Market Value of 5266, which is a “near-term” view versus the “long-term” Fair Value level of 3890, (above which present price is +15.5%).  Obviously it remains to be seen if Gold truly is en route to fully reverting to Fair Value; but strictly by BEGOS, Gold for the near-term moment is undervalued.  Thus we wouldn’t be surprised a wit to see Gold buyers come bollocking in for a bounce on Monday, prematurely as they may be given the double-shot of technical adversity.  Regardless, here’s our year-over-year graphic of Gold, now -774 points below its BEGOS valuation:

Bouncing just fine in the meantime is the Economic Barometer.  Taking in 13 metrics this past week, just four were worse period-over-period, especially January’s “shutdown-delayed” New Home Sales which missed consensus by the worst margin since those for April 2022 and clearly were worse than those for December, such month itself revised lower as well.  Still, (albeit for two months later), March’s National Association of Home Builders Index beat consensus and improved over February, which too was revised higher.  So building, but not buying?  On verra… Here’s the Baro:

Yes, the StateSide economy appears quite fine, although the economic effects notably on the expense and availability of Oil per the war have yet to ripple into reported metrics.  That high in the above graphic for the Econ Baro, (which we remind you WestPalmBeachers down there is an oscillator rather than an index), is at its loftiest level since 02 May 2024.  Too, per last Wednesday’s Federal Open Market Committee Policy Statement:  “…economic activity has been expanding at a solid pace.”  Therein however, we view the sentence “Inflation remains somewhat elevated.” as an understatement.

Further, the S&P 500 today at 6506 is -7.1% below its 7002 record high, Dow Jones Newswires yesterday referring to stocks as being “pummeled”; (the children’s writing pool there there doesn’t know what “pummeled” looks like).  Moreover, the S&P remains scarily high, its price/earnings ratio settling the week at 43.0x, the exact formula for which remains unsolvable by “AI” (Assembled Inaccuracy).

But directionally accurate as ever for Gold are our baby blue dots of linear regression trend consistency as depicted below at left across the past three months.  And whilst those “Baby Blues” continue to descend,  the lower leftmost cluster of daily bars from last December (4581-to-4284) into which Gold has now penetrated can be structurally supportive.  As for the 10-day Market Profile at right, present price barely shows way down there as the wee white bar:

Per earlier mention, whereas Gold from its 5586 All-Time High to here (4492) is -19.6%, Silver from her record high of 121.79 to here (67.81) is off a whopping -44.3%, and yet by the opening Scoreboard still is +20.8% above her Fair Value of 56.13.  However, Silver’s December-through-January rise was so vertical, that we see (below left) her “Baby Blues” essentially being “painted on the ceiling” prior to her wheels coming off into February and March.  Too, as is Gold, Silver is buried near the bottom of her fortnight’s Profile (below right).  From her peak, Sister Silver’s loss has been deprivative, yet still she’s expensive!

Three weeks into the war, we’ve waxed regularly about the usual geo-political Gold “spike n’ plunge”, in so noting that ’tis a random exercise to try and regress a value for Gold based upon geo-politics.  After all, since President Nixon’s nixing of The Gold Standard back on 15 August 1971, our 55-year regressing of Gold to the U.S. money supply has served well for valuing the yellow metal, even as its own supply has more than doubled since then.  But the following thought has occasionally come to mind, (and doubtless same to many of you, too):

What if — to pay off the StateSide federal debt of now $39T — the Fed merely made an accounting entry of same, and ’twas distributed to all the creditors?  To be sure, the “M2” money supply would leap 2.7x from today’s $22T to some $61T.  Inflation would become hyper-impalpable.  And were it to happen, say, over this weekend, Gold having settled Friday at 4492 would open Monday at 10,606 (by Fair Value precision) … just in case you’re scoring at home.  “Got Gold?”

In summary, we offer this from the “Don’t Be That Guy Dept.”:  Gold’s double-shot of technical adversity may see price work further low, but to let go of your Gold would be a bad blow!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 852 – (14 March 2026) – “Two Weeks of War Profound; Two Weeks of Gold Gone Down”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 852nd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 14 March 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Two Weeks of War Profound; Two Weeks of Gold Gone Down“

Gold just recorded a second consecutive down week for the first time since a trifecta which respectively ended this past 24 and 31 October, plus 07 November.

Fast forward to two Fridays ago on “War Eve” (27 February), when Gold settled at 5296, price then proceeding to post a -2.2% net loss through the war’s first week to close at 5181.  And now through the war’s second week, Gold recorded another net loss of -3.1% in settling yesterday (Friday) at 5023.

Given the outbreak of war, Gold in decline is contra to conventional wisdom wherein ’tis assumed price instead must soar — which it initially did albeit ever so briefly — in an eight-hour COMEX run from the aforementioned 5296 to as high as 5434 on Monday, 02 March.  However, price since hasn’t been higher, indeed recording from the war high of 5434 to this past week’s low of 5014 an encompassing loss of -7.7%.  And from Gold’s All-Time High (5586 on 29 January), price today is lower by -10.1%.

“Still, a -10% correction seems like a lot, eh mmb?”

War or otherwise, Squire, Gold has gotten far ahead of valuation.  And lest we forget, from September 2011 into December 2015, Gold “corrected” by some -46%.  But as our readers know ad nauseam, this is exactly how Gold negatively reacts to geo-political spikes, price now once again lower than prior to the onset (then 5296) of this war by -5.2%.  “Who wudda thunk it…” right?

‘Course as we’ve written, regressing the price of Gold to geo-politics is at best an abstract guess.  But mathematically regressing Gold to Dollar debasement across five decades (as rightly adjusted for the increase in the supply of Gold itself) is a proper, proven measure.  And as thus shown in the opening Gold Scoreboard, price today at 5023 is +29.2% above the broad Fair Value measure of 3888.

Near-term however, per Gold’s BEGOS Market Value of 5179, price is -3.0% low, indeed by some -156 points per the year-over-year chart below, reversion to such mean as inevitably is seen:

Indeed, Gold’s most recent 73-trading-day run above its BEGOS valuation ranks fourth-longest century-to-date, (the longest being just last year for an 88-trading-day stint).  But come Gold’s All-Time High (5586), price then was +24.4% above such valuation, a record high-side deviation since 2001; (for those of you scoring at home, the century-to-date low-side deviation was -15.5% on 15 April 2013 in the midst of Gold’s aforementioned -46% “correction”).

Either way, with back-to-back down weeks for Gold having become a bit of a rarity, let’s next go to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date astride the parabolic dots.  And clearly there’s little wiggle room for Gold to gain another blue dot of the parabolic Long trend.  Present price (5023) is but +51 points above the flip-to-short level (4972) with Gold’s expected daily trading range now 143 points and the weekly 313 points:

Too, as Gold’s uptrend energy weakens, range is narrowing.  The following graphic from four months ago-to-date shows us price’s actual daily trading range (bars) versus the expected daily trading range (line).  Gold’s actual range has exceeded the expected range just once in the past eight trading days, the expected range itself in decline.  “War?  What war?”:

Contrary to Gold’s narrowing range, that for the S&P 500 is widening in worry over war’s woes and the potential economic fallout thereto.  The S&P having peaked at a record high of 7002 on 28 January, the Index today at 6632 marks a -5.3% decrease.  Moreover, through these first 49 trading days of 2026, the S&P’s net decline to this point  — whilst only -0.5% — nonetheless ranks fourth-worst century-to-date for any opening 49-trading-day stint.  To be sure, through 25 full trading years thus far this century, the S&P has recorded just seven downers … but that as a gentle reminder to you WestPalmBeachers down there means the stock market doesn’t always go up.  And as we oft update, the S&P’s price/earnings ratio (again per the opening Scoreboard) is now 44.6x (trailing-twelve months’ method) with a dinky yield of 1.203% versus 3.603% risk-free from the annualized three-month U.S. T-Bill.

Meanwhile, the Economic Barometer — ratchety as ’tis become —  still is maintaining an upside bias.  15 metrics came into the Baro this past week, 10 of which equaled or bettered their period-over-period performance.  The best of the bunch were February’s Existing Home Sales which beat consensus and had January’s level revised higher.  ‘Course the real stinker was the severe downward revision to Q4’s Gross Domestic Product (annualized growth pace) from initially +1.7% to only +0.7%.  Ouch…

Note therein the Fed head:  whilst he steps down from the Chairmanship in mid-May, on the Board of Governors he’s destined to stay.  But his departure in May may be timely so as to avoid stagflation’s sway … should it come that way.  Below is our completed summary of January inflation with again every calculated category in red, i.e. above the Federal Reserve’s desired target for 2% inflation.  Thus, must the Fed raise?  Just a passing thought…

As for the U.S. Dollar, ’tis (as is typical) getting the war bid, the “Dixie” re-achieving the 100 level yesterday for the first time since last 25 November, even as Oil on balance also has moved higher.  Thus as we noted earlier, whilst Gold remains in an uptrend, ’tis weakening.  Specifically, said trend is the 21-day linear regression direction, which by the panel next on the left is positive given the “Baby Blues” are still above 0%, but waning as the Blues are falling by the day.  As for Silver on the right, the rightmost erraticity of her normal “Baby Blues” consistency is producing an uneasy motion sickness:  poor ol’ Sister Silver!

Too, the wartime weakening in the precious metals’ prices finds them nearly at the base of their respective 10-day Market Profiles for both Gold (below left) and for Silver (below right).  Notable volume-dominant prices — almost all resistive — are as labeled:

So with Gold on the wane, we go to the stack … (but hardly in vain):

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):
Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  5586 (29 January 2026)
2026’s High:  5586 (29 January)
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  5411 (28 January 2026)
Trading Resistance:  notables as labeled in the Market Profile
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  5181
Gold’s BEGOS Market Value:  5179
Gold Currently:  5023, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  143 points)
Trading Support:  none notable by the Market Profile
10-Session directional range:  down to 5013 (from 5432) = -419 points or -7.7%
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  4972
2026’s Low:  4319 (02 January)
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3888
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3706 and rising
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

To wrap — warfare an ongoing wildcard — ‘twould otherwise appear we’ll soon see Gold slip sub-5000 and the parabolic trend flip from Long to Short, certainly so were the war to show signs of winding down, even as price presently is already -3.0% below its BEGOS Market Value.  Moreover, Gold now being down -10.1% from its record high can inducing buying.  But at the end of the broader day — as we regularly say — Gold remains best valued by Dollar debasement.  And yes, Gold by Fair Value is overly high and due for further retracement, but ’tis always important to keep some in your basement!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 851 – (07 March 2026) – “Gold’s War Slide is No Surprise”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 851st Edition — Monte-Carlo — 07 March 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s War Slide is No Surprise“

American Civil War Union Army General William Tecumseh Sherman coined the infamous phrase:  “War is hell”, as woefully we again are witnessing all ’round the Middle East.  ‘Tis remindful from the original “35 Undeniable Truths of Life” (hat-tip R.H.L.) therein of No. 6:  “Ours is a world governed by the aggressive use of force.”

And yet from the “History Repeats Itself Dept.”, Gold today (as we anticipated ‘twould be) is lower than ’twas prior to its pre-war settle Friday a week ago (then 5296) than ’tis today at 5181.  This is normal — as we’ve herein pointed out time and again — following geo-political price spikes; (ref –> Gold Update No. 729 of 04 November 2023:  “Gold’s Post-Geopolitical Pullback“).

To wit for this most recent episode, Gold last Monday initially spiked up to 5434 (-152 points below its 29 January record high of 5586), only to then plunge to as low as 5005 just two trading days into the war, the exact timing as happened back in 2022 at the onset of the RUS/UKR incursion.  And credit the three authors of Bloomy’s “Long-Trusted Haven Trades Are Failing as Gold, Treasuries Fall” for also pointing out such similarity.  For yet again, Gold has now recorded a “Spike n’ Plunge” in reacting to geo-political stress.
 

“Because Gold is ultimately valued by Dollar debasement, not geo-politics, right mmb?”

Spot on, Squire, and welcome back.  Indeed per the opening Scoreboard, Gold today at 5181 is just +2.4% above its BEGOS Market valuation of 5060, but moreover is +33.3% above Fair Value of 3886, (not that we expect price shall suddenly revert back down there).  Regardless, with the war underway, ’tis the Dollar that’s been getting the bid, (even as we’ve on occasion quipped that historically “Gold plays no currency favourites”).  Here are their respective percentage tracks for just this past week:

‘Course year-to-date, Gold (+19.6%) has left the Dollar (+0.8%) in the dust.  But again, they directionally can move together:  recall in 2024 from January through mid-April that even as Gold rose +14%, the Dollar, too, was on the move +4.7%.  More importantly, despite Gold’s usual early-conflict slide, should warring events significantly worsen and/or widen, the yellow metal can swiftly — even if only “momentarily” — ascend into uncharted territory.

As for Gold’s week just past, ’tis the rightmost bar as we turn to the weekly bars and dotted parabolic trends from a year ago-to-date.  And following this new war’s commencement, we heard there was speculation of Gold having made a record high (i.e. above 5586) which clearly didn’t occur.  Still, despite Gold’s down week, the blue-dotted parabolic Long trend printed its 13th dot, the flip-to-Short level having risen for the ensuing week to 4889.  That is -292 points below the present price of 5181, which technically however is reachable given Gold’s expected weekly trading range is now 318 points:

That cited, the expected daily trading ranges for the precious metals have in fact continued to compress; (ref –> Gold Update No. 848 of this past 14 February:  “Gold’s Range Compresses as the Uptrend Regresses“).  Below we’ve such “EDTRs” from one year ago-to-date for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  (We hasten to remind you WestPalmBeachers down there that this is not direction of price; rather ’tis expected range of price from one trading day to the next).  Such narrowing noted, these EDTRs remain well above historical norms:

As for the StateSide economy’s norm, we’re not fully convinced of various measures being on form.  To date, some reports continue to be confounded from the last October-November government “shutdown”.  Take this past week as an example:  on Wednesday, Automatic Data Processing issued for February very improved Employment data over that for January.  But then the Bureau of Labor Statistics issued February Payrolls shrinkage for the first time since that for October, (such month’s negative data we sense having been roughly pieced together, even as ADP back then reported gains).

The point (albeit a question) is:  is the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee being put in a stagflationary box with Payrolls declining whilst inflation is rising?  Cue Murray Head from ’75: “Say It Ain’t So, Joe” as we go to the Baro:

In fact, for the Economic Barometer’s 16 incoming metrics of this past week, only a scant three were better period-over-period, the worst being Labor’s negative Payrolls, also which well-missed consensus and saw the January level revised lower.  And as for the Fed in a rut, Payrolls say “Cut!” whereas inflation says “Raise!” … else come stagflation days?  Oh how weighs such economic haze!

Looking to Gold’s near-term ways, here next are our displays of price’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date at left and 10-day market Profile at right.  The baby blue dots of regression trend consistency survived that recent test of the 0% axis upon such slant only briefly having rotated to negative.  Then came the prior week’s bounce followed by last week’s trounce.  To be sure:  “Follow the blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes”, even as the ride of late has been a bit erratic.  Note in the Profile that Gold’s present price of 5181 is just below the most volume-dominant resistor as labeled at 5195:

Here too we’ve the like graphic for Silver, having settled yesterday (Friday) at 84.70.  Her “Baby Blues” (below left) have had far more sweep than those for Gold:  in fact, Silver’s mid-panel price plunge registered -48%, whereas that above for Gold was “only” -21%.  As for her Profile (below right) Sister Silver is sitting on a settee of labeled volume-dominant support from 84.30 down to 82.45.  Cautiously however by the opening Scoreboard, Silver’s Fair Value of 56.06 is -34% below present price.  Hang in there, Sister Silver!

Towards wrapping, we’ve this from the “FinMedia Exaggeration Dept.”  Of the nine full trading weeks thus far this year, the past one for the S&P 500 ranked third (not most) for total points distance traveled (6901 to 6710, i.e. -191 points or -2.8%).  Yet, an intra-day drop of -1.96% on Thursday for “The Dow” (that Index at which our parents used to look) was reported by a financial source we encountered as a “crash”:  “they” don’t know what a crash looks like.

But the best descriptive verb we read came (again) from Bloomy, referring to the Middle East war as have roiled the markets, (our selectively therein highlighting oil).  Having closed the prior Friday at 67.29, West Texas Intermediate Oil reached up to as high as 92.61 yesterday, an intra-week gain of nearly +38% to a price not seen since 29 September 2023.  And with the Straits of Hormuz being characterized as “shut”, TV news here showed cars in long lines for petrol in places like Nice and Grasse.  Back to the 70s we go?  We hope not so.

But with respect to energy consumption there is some good news:  StateSide, they shan’t be burning as much midnight oil.  Why?  Because with two full weeks of winter still in the balance, the U.S. “tonight” ridiculously moves to summer hours:

Why do we care?  Because given the long-standing tradition of The Gold Update being posted each Saturday at 11:00 Pacific Time, if you’re outside most of North America, the following three editions (each of 14, 21 and 28 March) can be read an hour earlier as on this side of The Pond we’ll still more sensibly be on winter hours until 29 March; (thus in this CET time-zone at 19:00 instead of the usual 20:00).

Either way, price’s present slide aside, regardless of your hour, just stay with Gold’s power!

(Oh good grief, Squire…)

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 850 – (28 February 2026) – “Gold Garners Praise, Silver Ablaze … but Must the Fed Raise? (And Now Iran Weighs)”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 850th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 28 February 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Garners Praise, Silver Ablaze … but Must the Fed Raise?  (And Now Iran Weighs)“

Opening note:  in setting this morning to write our 850th consecutive Saturday missive, we’ve just learned of the commencement of USA/ISR attacks on IRN.  Whilst Gold “pre-attack” settled yesterday (Friday) at a record weekly closing high of 5296, (from which basis this piece shall be composed), weekend Gold trading (hat-tip IG International) has pushed price well-up into the 5400s; should such bid continue, the All-Time High of 5586 may come swiftly into play.  That considered:  we’ve in the past detailed geo-political price spikes tend to return from whence they came.  Recall the RUS/UKR incursion (24 February 2022), Gold having spiked intra-day, only to then settle the following day lower than ’twas prior to the attacks.

Either way, 2026 has begun so swiftly!  Thus with February already in the books, let us start straightway with our BEGOS Markets Standings, wherein we find Sweet Sister Silver topping this year-to-date table for the seventh month in-a-row, joined on the podium as well by Gold and Oil, the non-BEGOS Dollar alone in the dumper:

Regardless, Silver (94.39) is now (by the opening Scoreboard) +68.5% above its Fair Value (56.03) and Gold (5296) +36.4% above same (3884).  To be sure, in periods of market mania — now further exacerbated by geo-political stress — the reality of Fair Value becomes relegated to the dust bin until such time reversion to that mean kicks in.  And overvalued or otherwise, ’tis always a pleasure to find the precious metals atop the above BEGOS table.

In staying with the theme of the BEGOS Markets, recall a week ago our citing Gold’s 21-day linear regression trend as having rotated (“barely”) to negative, but that a robust up day would right said trend back to positive, which is exactly what happened this past Monday, price recording a net gain for that day alone of +118 points ( +2.3%).  And as we thus go ’round the the horn for all eight BEGOS components for these past 21 trading days (one-month), we therein see Gold’s grey diagonal trendline back to a positive tilt, whereas that for Silver remains mildly negative.  Of greater import, the “Baby Blues” of trend consistency are firmly rising for both precious metals:

Now in parsing the first phrase of this week’s title “Gold Garners Praise…”, eight of Gold’s past ten trading days (13 through 27 February) have closed net up from the prior session.  Praiseworthy indeed!  In this young year thus far of just 39 trading days, eight up days in ten has occurred for only one other stint (14 – 28 January) following which Gold plunged nearly -1000 points in just three trading days (from 28 January’s close at 5411 to 02 February’s intra-day low of 4423).  It happens, although given the Middle East conflict now underway, one senses we’ll see still higher Gold on Monday.

As for “…Silver Ablaze…”, the white-hot metal per the Standings already is +33.0% through the year’s first 39 trading days.  That is the largest opening 39 trading-day-gain so far in this 21st century; (the second largest was +32.5% for the first 39 days of 2012 … just in case you’re scoring at home).

Too, our title queries “…but Must the Fed Raise?”  The FinMedia and investment community regularly put forth guesstimates as to how many Federal Reserve Funds interest rate cuts will be made this year.  Afterall, there are still plenty of opportunities given seven Open Market Committee Policy Statements are in 2026’s balance.

But rather than join the parrots, as you regular readers know, we keep a keen eye on StateSide inflation data:  and ’tis going the wrong way to warrant a rate cut, perhaps so much so that a rate hike instead would be right.

But “Oh no!”, they say, because AI (Assembled Inaccuracy) is going to take all the jobs away eliciting massive unemployment and dismay.  Ok.  As long as folks still get their pay, (unless these newfangled Chinese robots get in the way).  Remember H.G. Wells’ “The War of the Worlds” –[ novel 1898, film 1953/Paramount]?  Perhaps E.R. Musk shall retaliate with a sequel “The War of the Bots”.  But we digress.

The point is:  with respect to the Fed’s targeted inflation rate of +2.0%, January retail core inflation (Consumer Price Index) came in at +0.3% (i.e. +3.6% annualized) whilst at the core wholesale level (Producer Price Index) ’twas +0.8% (i.e. +9.6% annualized).  ‘Course, core readings assume that neither do you eat nor drive.  Thus the January annualized all-inclusive headline paces were +2.4% and +6.0% respectively.  (Waiting in the wings is January’s “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures data, due 13 March. The PCE December readings both ran at an annualized +4.8% pace.  By our math, ’tis nowhere near +2.0%).  Either way, have a great day.

In fact, let’s next post the Economic Barometer, as ’tis be doing great!  The Baro’s climb across the past 48 trading days (since mid-December) hasn’t previously been equaled since that culminating in mid-August 2020 during the first recovery wave (short-lived as it was) out of COVID.  And specific to just this past week’s flow of nine incoming metrics, only three failed to improve period-over-period, one of which was Construction Spending, reported well in government “shutdown” arrears for back in November, (the December data notably improving).  And February posted gains for both the Chicago Purchasing Managers Index and the Conference Board’s level of Consumer Confidence.  Are you confident?  Here’s the Baro:

With respect to that “confident” query, the S&P 500 keeps us forever leery.  The mighty Index’s honestly calculated price/earnings ratio remains ridiculously (dare we say dangerously) high (vs. Jerome Cohen’s average bull market P/E range of 15x to 18x).  “Got stocks?”  Sorry to hear it:

As an aside to you WestPalmBeachers down there, we just plugged that precise formula into AI (Assembled Inaccuracy) and “it” came up with 29x.  Wrong.  Mind your broker’s math and your equities.

And speaking of equities, it being month-end, ’tis time once again for our year-over-year graphic of Gold’s percentage track compared with those of its high-level publicly-traded companies, all of which have been nicely recovering following their January El Plungo (technical term).  Therein from the top down we’ve the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) up a stunning +229%, followed by  Newmont (NEM) +198%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +184%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +175%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +156%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +99%, and Gold itself +81%.  Equities-lovers’ leverage elation!

And with further respect to Gold itself, here next is the yellow metal by the week, also from one year ago-to-date along with price’s parabolic trend dots, the rightmost blue ones now 12 weeks in LongSide duration.  Gold’s expected weekly trading range is 304 points, which with the Middle East offensive could be covered early on in the ensuing week; (the daily is 159 points).  As for the “flip-to-Short” level, at 4794 ’tis -502 points (-9.5%) below Friday’s settle of 5296:

Drilling deeper into “The Now”, here are the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  As respectively labeled, the yellow metal’s most volume-dominant supporter is 5191, whilst for the white metal ’tis 87.60:

Towards the wrap, ‘twouldn’t be month’s end without our chart of the Gold Structure by the month from 2020-to-date.  Note that the rightmost candle — indeed Gold’s eighth consecutive up month — for February could not eclipse that for January’s having reached the All-Time High of 5586; but again given the now amped-up geo-political stress, let’s see what the new week holds in store.  For as sang Sly in ’69:  “I want to take you higher”

Oh look –> our long-time valued assistant Miss Gibbs (she’s a winner) just dropped on our desk this photo as transmitted today from a waving Squire during his avalanche duties up in Les Grands Montets.  He sends his congrats for our making it 85% of the way to missive No. 1,000.  Thanks mate, albeit one week at a time is our gait.  (We wonder as well if that avalanche is a prélude to an S&P “correction”):

Closing note:  following this piece’s “Opening note”, in now approaching late Saturday afternoon here, the weekend Gold trade has not furthered itself higher from the 5400s we’d seen earlier this morning.  Too, ’tis reported (reliably or otherwise) the Straits of Hormuz are now closed; (if so, best get to the petrol station before the lines get long).  In any event, ’tis no time for panicky trading.  Instead, patiently mind your Gold rather than fold!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 849 – (21 February 2026) – “Gold’s Key Near-Term Trend Rotates to Negative”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 849th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 21 February 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Key Near-Term Trend Rotates to Negative“

We begin with a tip of the cap to mighty JPMorgan Chase, which in recent weeks projected a Gold price (’tis said some several years out toward decade’s end), achieving the 8300 area, and even 6300 this year.

So we being we, we did the math in essentially measuring the regressed weekly change in the U.S. money supply (“M2” basis) across the past 45 years, duly thereto incorporating the increase in the supply of Gold tonnage itself.

And the answer is — by this proper world reserve currency calculation of Gold’s Fair Value — price would arrive at 8300 just in time for Christmas, indeed near decade’s end, in 2030, (just in case you’re scoring at home).

As to whether ’tis all that accurate, we were quite heartened — especially in this ongoing Investing Age of Stoopid — that iconic JPM demonstrated — at least by the appearance of its projection — the ability to perform math, a science rarely employed by the present day investment banking world.  If only the honest price/earnings ratio calculation of the S&P 500 (today 46.2x) would as well be put forth by Wall Street (such as to get the S&P well-down to where it “ought be”, say 3500ish), we’d have the whole package.

“Well that’s the means reversion thing, right mmb?”

So ’tis, Squire.  But we digress.  Let’s instead turn to “The Now”.  For per our title “Gold’s Key Near-Term Trend Rotates to Negative”, following a 61-day trading stint from last 18 November through 18 February wherein Gold maintained a positive slant to the key 21-day linear regression trend, it confirmed rotating to negative upon Thursday’s close (5016) and remains so despite yesterday (Friday) being up day to settle at 5130.  True, that itself is an All-Time Weekly Closing High for the third consecutive week, albeit still shy of the 5586 intra-day record high from 29 January.  And to be sure, such regression trend now is only barely negative; but “down” is “down”, as already has been the case for the other two elements of the Metals Triumvirate.

To wit, we go to the following animated three-panel chart.  Each of the three panels (Gold, Silver, Copper) contains the last 21 daily bars, in animation by the day from a week ago-to-date.  As the “Baby Blues” of trend consistency have been declining by the day for each metal, you can watch the grey diagonal trendlines negatively rotate — and specific to Gold in the left panel — such rotation is from positive to now negative, even as Friday was a firm up day; (doubtless this shan’t be found on CNBS, Bloomy, FoxyB, et alia):

“But mmb, a couple of up days could turn the trend back to positive, right?”

Absolutely so, Squire, with the caveat that they be robust up days given how much higher Gold was a month ago, (peaking in the 5500s).  That opined, the tracks of both Silver and Copper of late are weaker than that of the yellow metal, and both those white and red metals have a historical hankering to at times directionally lead Gold.  And as we’ve oft quipped over the years:  “Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose your shoes.”

Too, per our Opening Scoreboard, Gold (5130) remains overvalued being +5.3% above its BEGOS Market valuation (4871) and +29.8% above Fair Value (3953).  And whilst reversion to Fair Value (either down or up) can be a ponderous journey, that to BEGOS valuation generally occurs more swiftly, even as price has now been above such valuation for the last 60 trading days as we here see from a year ago-to-date:

“And a 60 days is a really long streak, eh mmb?”

Quite long, yes Squire, though not the longest:  century-to-date, this 60-day stint (thus far) ties for ninth in duration, the most enduring streak being 88 days which culminated in mid-May just a year ago, after which Gold remained rather flat for a couple of months before resuming higher into August.  Which is a nice segue for us to next bring up Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends, also from one year ago-to-date:

The above graphic’s rightmost parabolic blue dot represents the 11th week of the ongoing Long trend.  The average Long-trend length of the 54 such stints so far this century is 13 weeks.  ‘Tis not to say this Long trend is getting “long in the tooth”, but we do bear in mind that Gold has had an amazing run and, as earlier detailed, is overvalued.

Regardless, the trend is our friend “until it reaches the bend”, (thank you JP in SF).  More bullishly — Gold’s overvaluation notwithstanding — our forecast high for this year of 5546 was already so quickly attained, we shan’t be surprised a wit if further highs unfold into 2026.  But should Gold’s up track reverse course and our expected yearly trading range holds true, the potential low of 4136 comes into play (see our year’s opening missive).  Indeed, the “Nothing Moves in a Straight Line Dept.” serves to keep our feet on the ground.

As for finding higher ground, we’ve the Economic Barometer.  And the past week couldn’t be better put than as having been “Curiouser and curiouser!” –[Alice, Carroll, 1865].  Below in the Baro we’ve highlighted the reporting period for Q4 Gross Domestic Product (i.e. November through January), for which The Bureau of Economic Analysis yesterday pegged the annualized pace at a lowly +1.4%, even as the Baro recorded a fairly strong stint.  Perhaps the 15 ever-missing government “shutdown” metrics are throwing the Bureau off track?  Because quarterly GDP is refined two additional times (13 March and 09 April), we have to think such pace shall be upwardly revised given the Baro’s rise:

But wait there’s more:  at long last that same Bureau’s “Fed-favoured” inflation gauge of Personal Consumption Expenditures was reported yesterday for December, even as The Bureau of Labor Statistics had already a week earlier reported its version of inflation for January.  And the PCE paces (both headline and core) respectively doubled from +0.2% in November to +0.4% for December.  “Rate cut?”  Forget it.  “Rate hike?”  Unlikely, especially with Warsh waiting in the wings … for now anyway; (the new Federal Reserve Chairman — if Senatorially approved — technically begins his watch come 15 May).  Either way, here’s our completed Inflation Summary for December with “Nuthin’ but red!” in exceeding the Fed’s 2% targeted pace.  “Think ya may have to raise ’em, Kevin?”

Yet that stated, most curious of all was Friday’s reaction by the S&P 500:  it went up!  To borrow an age-old question:  “What are they smoking out there?”  We’re again reminded of a front-page piece in the Wall Street Journal from away back in 2000 about folks who actually believed the stock market never goes down, (after which commenced the DotComBomb).  Fast-forward to today wherein, despite an above-average Earnings Season (that for Q4 concluding next week), the aforementioned S&P P/E is 46.2x, and the return a practically yield-less 1.157%.  Have a nice day.

Having a nice positioning at present are the Precious Metals in their respective 10-day Market Profiles, Gold’s being below left and Silver’s below right.  For the yellow metal (5130), there is notable volume-dominant support as labeled at 5093, 5038 and 5013.  And for the white metal (84.57), her initial support is the 83.20-to-81.15 range, followed by 77.65:

“By the way mmb, I may get called away for avalanche duty next week above Chamonix…”

Well Squire, J. P. Morgan had to do without you for an entire career, as perhaps shall we for a week.  Just mind your dynamite belt.

In fact, given we opened with the empire established by Morgan, let’s close with him by crediting ol’ Pierpont in reading the de facto source for leading market information:

He understood the value of Gold, as having read this, do you!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 848 – (14 February 2026) – “Gold’s Range Compresses as the Uptrend Regresses”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 848th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 14 February 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Range Compresses as the Uptrend Regresses“

‘Tis a Valentine Day’s edition of The Gold Update, (the only other prior occurrence being back in 2015)!  And on the heels of last week’s piece “Gold Reaching Peak Volatility”, our timing has been spot on as Gold’s daily trading range this past week clearly compressed compared to that of the prior fortnight.  In settling yesterday (Friday) at 5064, Gold’s trading range for each of the past three weeks has declined from 886 points to 691 points to now “just” 245 points.  Further, from intraweek high to intraweek low, this past week’s percentage range of 4.8% was the narrowest of the last four.  Comparably compressed indeed!

To wit, the following graphic shows us Gold’s actual daily trading range by points (the columns) vis-à-vis each day’s “expected daily trading range” (the EDTR line) from three months ago-to-date.  The five rightmost daily columns (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there is this past week) were well below the EDTR line’s expectations, as we’d sensed a week ago was due to become the case:

“Still mmb, gold just made its first weekly close ever above 5000!”

Squire, too, is spot on.  Even as Gold reached its All-Time High of 5586 back on 29 January in marginally passing our forecast high for this year of 5546, never until yesterday had price actually settled a week above the 5000 milestone.  Barring reading this piece, (to the extent anyone notices such settle), the relevancy of the week’s close seems rather insignificant given 13 of the past 15 trading days have already found Gold north of 5000.  But then again, “The Herd” basically acts on emotion rather than on analysis.  However, in just having web-searched the phrase “Gold headlines”, nary is there mention of this initial 5000+ weekly close; rather, the top links listed are specific to Olympic medals.

In fact, from the “How Soon We Forget Dept.”, coverage of the Olympics has somewhat dwarfed (albeit ongoing) geo-political issues such as Iran and Greenland.  Moreover, you long-time readers of The Gold Update well know that geo-politically-driven surges in Gold’s price tend to be short-lived, even as we now read there’ll be no “Homeland Security” StateSide for at least a week; (nothing like a third “shutdown” within five months).

Still, regardless of Gold’s first ever 5000+ weekly close, relative to recent price volatility, last week was a sleeper.  Here ’tis as rightmost depicted in the weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, even as the blue-dotted parabolic Long trend completes its tenth week.  (And the aforementioned trading range this past week of 245 points was 79% of the expected 311 points … just in case on this Valentine’s Day you’re scoring at home):

Note therein the reference to Gold being “still way overvalued”:  per the opening Gold Scoreboard, the current price of 5064 is +28.3% above Fair Value (3947), although by our BEGOS Market Value (4768), such divergence is only +6.2%, i.e. +296 points as we next see:

Now with furtherance to our title, Gold’s uptrend is regressing.  One likely would be hard-pressed to read that in the FinMedia, but ’tis why you read us.  Thus, we go below to the two-panel graphic of price from three months ago-to-date for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  And quite starkly for both precious metals, their respective “Baby Blues” of day-to-day trend consistency continue to steadily fall.  Specific to the yellow metal, the 21-day regression trend — although weakening — still is positive given the Blues are above the 0% axis; however, immediate buying basically need come to the fore, lest the Blues fall through that floor.  ‘Course for the white metal, her Blues having already broken below same is mathematically indicative of her trend having rotated to negative.  So even as ’tis Valentine’s Day, we again must say:  Poor ol’ Sister Silver!

As for the Economic Barometer, despite last week’s ample stream of incoming metrics, the change for the Baro was minimal.  To be sure, January’s Non-Farm Payrolls netting +130k was the highest reading since May a year ago (+144k).  That is not positive for the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee to vote for a FedFunds rate cut, nor is the the month’s +0.4% pop in Hourly Earnings.  ‘Course, the FinMedia continues to assume the Fed shall reduce rates this year, given their notably fawning over a benign Consumer Price Index dropping from the +0.3% pace in December to +0.2% for January; but the fawners seemed to ignore the Core CPI (the one which assumes you neither drive nor eat) rising from +0.2% to now +0.3%.  Oh well.  More importantly, a non-dovish Fed is not a Gold friend.  Either way, the next FOMC Policy Statement is not due until 18 March, 22 trading days hence.  Here — with black-hearted respect to the S&P 500 — is the  Baro:

Now ahead of The Gold Stack and our wrap we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for the precious metals, featuring that for Gold (below left) and for Silver (below right).  Obviously by the respective white bars of current price, Gold (5064) is better positioned than Silver (77.27).  For this past week alone, Gold’s net gain (notwithstanding the earlier-stated intraweek range of 4.8%) was +1.5%, whereas Silver recorded a net loss of -0.3%.  Blame Silver’s dropper on mischievous Cousin Copper?  The red metal as well recorded a weekly net loss of -1.7%, and his chart technicals are not looking very happy.  Does this mean Silver is entering one her phases wherein she discards her precious metal pinstripes for her industrial metal jacket to go off cavorting with Copper?  Oh, say it ain’t so, Sister Silver!

And so, to the stack:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):
Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  5586 (29 January 2026)
2026’s High:  5586 (29 January)
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  5411 (28 January 2026)
10-Session directional range:  up to 5140 (from 4428) = +712 points or +16.1%
Trading Resistance:  notable by the Market Profile, 5084
Gold Currently:  5064, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  248 points)
Trading Support:  notable by the Market Profile, 5044 / 4948 / 4852 / 4707 / 4654
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4921
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  4563
2026’s Low:  4319 (02 January)
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3947
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3549 and rising
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

To close, a most highly-valued reader of The Gold Update just enlightened us as to equity margins being on the up move.  Without our doing the actual math, margin debt today purportedly exceeds the $1T level, last year alone having increased some 36%.

“Wow, mmb, that’s more than double what the S&P did last year…”

‘Tis so, Squire, the S&P 500’s net gain in 2025 being +16.4%.  Is it any wonder that (again per the opening Scoreboard) today’s S&P market capitalization of $60.9T is 2.7x the liquid money supply?  Sell your stock and get cash from your broker?  Or just an I.O.U.?

But wait, there’s more:  how are how those precious metals’ margin requirements working out for ya?  Three years ago on Valentine’s Day in 2023, the price of Gold was 1864 and the COMEX margin required to trade one futures contract was $7,000.  Today at 5064, Gold is +172% higher than ’twas then … but the margin today at $46,000 is an increase of +557%!  And as for Silver (deep breath):  she settled Valentine’s Day 2023 at 21.85 with required contract margin of $8,000.  Now Silver at 77.27 is +254% higher … but her requisite margin per contract at $76,000 is a +850% increase!  Nuthin’ like a li’l volatility to keep one on one’s liquidity toes, eh?

Still, we close with this happy news.  For even as price compression may weigh, with trend regression in play, everyday with Gold is Valentine’s Day!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 847 – (07 February 2026) – “Gold Reaching Peak Volatility”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 847th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 07 February 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Reaching Peak Volatility“

Gold by its daily trading range (intraday low to intraday high, or vice-versa) is establishing point swings “like ya never done seen” –[mmb, ’18].  Gold’s daily range through these first 25 trading days of 2026 has averaged 197 points per session, the current “expected daily trading range” (for Monday) being 283 points, an historical maximum.  That is wider than Gold’s entire trading range from the start of the 21st century on 02 January 2001 (opening price 273) for nearly five years until 12 December 2005 (settle price 532).

However:  in turning to the reality of percentage swings, Gold’s actually been here before, having yet again arrived at what (at least historically) has been ’round peak volatility.  Year-to-date, Gold’s average daily percentage range is 4.2%, including one day of 10.9% and another of 16.6%; (the year’s daily median thus far is 2.6%).  All that said, towards subjectively selecting what is peak volatility, we’ve the following graphic spanning Gold’s 6,314 trading days thus far this century.  In order to smooth out the daily percentage gyrations of price distance traveled, the red line is a 63-day (one quarter) moving average of range.  Note the boxes at the extremes of range (save for the FinCrisis) having peaked just either side of 3%, the current value as of yesterday (Friday) per the label at 2.8%, even as the week’s final session sported an intraday gain of +7.0%, with price (the Gold line) settling at 4989:

“So mmb, you think gold’s gonna slow down, especially as it already reached your forecast high?”

Squire of course is referring to 5546 which traded (and then some to 5586) on 29 January.  Then from that All-Time High, price within the two ensuing days fell by as much as -20.8% to 4423.  And to Squire’s query if Gold is going to “slow down”, should the mid-5000s not be substantively retested near-term, interest in trading the yellow metal may wane a bit, and certainly so should — by last week’s piece “Metals’ Mania Maxed!” — indeed have become the case.

To wit:  following Gold’s April (front month) rollover contract volume of 570k that traded on Friday a week ago (31 January), every day through this past week recorded size declines thereto, chronologically as 508K, 386k, 260k, 246k and yesterday 235k.  (Whilst we tend to notice little things like that, doubtless it shan’t be found by the FinMedia).

Furthering our own findings, Gold just completed its ninth week of the blue-dotted parabolic Long trend.  And so we go to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date wherein price today at 4989 is well-above (+12.8%) the parabolic level for the ensuing week of 4423, despite having nearly flipped to Short this past week (down to just 24 points above the hurdle of then 4399).  Yep, it came that close:

And lest we forget, per R. W. Emerson:  “The eye of prudence may never shut.” –[“Essays”, 1841].  We thus duly remind you by the opening Gold Scoreboard of price today being +26.6% above Fair Value (3942), inclusive of it being +7.4% above our BEGOS Market Value (4644), the latter a deviation of +345 points as below charted.  You tell ’em, Ralphie:

So whilst Gold is still quite overvalued, the “Baby Blues” project the directional news.  For as we turn to our two-panel graphic of the daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right, the declining blue dots are indicative of Gold’s uptrend losing consistency, (albeit the trend remains up as long as the dots are above their 0% axis).  But by the Profile, Gold is below its most volume-dominant resistor of 5119 as labeled:

And no, hardly have we forgotten Sister Silver, in whose like graphic the fallout of the “Baby Blues” (below left) is more severe than that for Gold.  In setting a record high at 121.79 also on 29 January, through just these past seven trading days Silver slithered down to as low (yesterday) as 63.90.  Not so sweet her -48% retreat; but then came a bounce to 77.53 in closing the week.  Yet by the opening Scoreboard, Silver is +36.4% above her Fair Value of 56.85.  As for her Market Profile (below right), note the dearth of volume from 108.20 down to 86.85.  For when the bids bugger-off, the going gets tough!  And as overvalued as she is, as we on occasion quip:  Poor ol’ Sister Silver!

Now:  how did the past week’s U.S. government “mini-shutdown” work out for you?  Did you even notice it?  We did, indeed glaring so with yesterday’s Payrolls data for January being postponed until Wednesday (11 February).  Thus for the week, the Economic Barometer brought in just six metrics, the shining star being December’s Consumer Credit, which beat estimates as well as the prior period, itself revised upward.  ‘Course, we hope folks’ll have the dough to pay credit’s monthly toll.  Or as Senator “Fritz” Hollings (D, South Carolina) would on occasion pontificate ’round the turn of the century:  “There’s too much consumin’ goin’ on out there!” especially as job growth slows.  For the lackluster loser of the week was January’s ADP Employment data, which missed estimates and was worse than the prior period, itself revised downward.  Still, the Baro managed a hitch up to where ’twas a week ago, helped by an improved Institute for Supply Management manufacturing reading for January indicative of expansion (52.6) vs. that of December shrinkage (47.9):

So from six Econ Baro metrics last week, we have 16 scheduled through next week.  To be sure, ever since the past autumn’s U.S. government “macro-shutdown”, the stream of incoming data has been nothing short of screwy-louie (technical term).  For example, as regards inflation:   next Friday brings (per the Bureau of Labor Statistics) January’s Consumer Price Index … but ’tis not ’til the Friday thereafter we receive (per the Bureau of Economic Analysis) December’s Personal Consumption Expenditures. Are we therefore going backward?  Ought we commandeer H. G. Well’s time machine –[Taylor, Mimieux, MGM, ’60]?

Indeed we thus could go forward to assess the state of Gold’s volatility (among other things).  But that would take out all the fun.  Besides, we’ve oft quoted the late, great Richard Russell:  “There’s never a bad time to buy Gold.”  Yet, ’tis also been said the day to sell your Gold is the day everybody wants it.  As overvalued as both Gold and Silver presently are, that “day” remains a long way into the future.  So mind and preserve your precious metals!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 846 – (31 January 2026) – “Metals’ Mania Maxed!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 846th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 31 January 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Metals’ Mania Maxed!“

But is the mayhem yet done?  Now obviously no one knows for sure if this recent metals’ mania just hit its maximum price point.  So ’tis prudent to understand that superlatives such as “Maxed!” can further be “Maxed!”

“Yeah mmb, but for gold you totally nailed it!”

Most kind, Sir Squire, albeit again let’s temper this as possibly premature.  Yes, 28 minutes into last Thursday’s session, Gold achieved our year’s forecast high of 5546, further following-through to 5586 (5627 basis April).  And that was it.

Through the balance of the week’s past two trading days, Gold went on to decline by as much -15.9% to Friday’s low of 4700, toward settling the week yesterday at 4908.  And “premature” to be sure is acknowledging the year’s high so far of 5586 as being “it” with 11 months still in 2026’s balance.  But Gold — at least for the present — is unwinding back to reality, even as it remains fundamentally overvalued.  For per the above opening Gold Scoreboard, price today at 4908 is +8.7% above its BEGOS Market Value (4515 via the intra-relative movements of the Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil and S&P 500), let alone +24.6% above its Fair Value (3938 via Dollar debasement as countered by Gold’s own supply increase).

“And silver got creamed, mmb!”

Squire, our dear Sister Silver, bless her, is in the I.C.U.

From her record high on Thursday at 121.79, she comprehensively plunged into week’s-end by as much as -39.2% (to 74.00) in settling yesterday at 85.25, an all-in net loss for the week of -17.4% versus that for Gold of just -1.5%; (too, Gold intra-week gained +39 points of premium in rolling from the February contract into that for April).

But specific to poor ol’ Sister Silver:  you very long-time readers of The Gold Update going back well over a decade may recall the noted analyst in the psychosis of precious metals, Dr. Youara Nichtsogut of Salzburg, who earlier this morning visited Silver in the I.C.U.  The good doctor says the trauma through which Silver suffered yesterday — her intra-day high-to-low drop being a single-session record of -37.5% — shan’t have permanent damage; but her recovery is likely to be very lengthy.

Indeed in again referencing the above Scoreboard, Silver today at 85.25 remains considerably overvalued at +50.1% above her Fair Value (56.79).  We asked Dr. Nichtsogut if any accelerative medicinal measure might be taken, to which she replied:  “Vell, liebling, zee inevitable double of zee money supply, zat vill do it, ya”.  (She’s a winner).

Regardless, through many a recent missive — as pro-Gold as we are — ’tis been pointed out time-and-time again that the precious metals were becoming significantly strained to the upside.  Have a glance at this next four-panel graphic featuring Gold and Silver — both linearly and logarithmically — vis-à-vis their respective 50-year regression channels.  How’s that for a “Whoopsie!”

‘Course, the “sad” part (if you will) lies with all the newly-minted Gold experts having recently sprung up like “jack-in-the-boxes”.  Now given their sudden wound-licking, ‘twouldn’t surprise us a wit for Sister Silver whilst in hospital to get some company.

All that said, despite Gold on Friday giving up seven days of gains — and Silver 23 days — it being month-end ’tis time to present the early year-to-date BEGOS Markets’ standings, with our dear “patient” actually atop the table, (if not that for surgery):

Next to Gold’s weekly bars we go, from one year ago-to-date.  And notwithstanding yesterday’s record intra-day plunge (-14.2%), Gold now at 4908 still is +509 points above the parabolic “flip-to-Short” level of 4399.  ‘Course, range has rapidly expanded:  by the website, Gold’s EDTR (“expected daily trading range”) is now 218 points, although given Friday’s vast selling, we may see such range begin to narrow as folks (at least those who are still around), pull back a bit from the trading activity:

Remaining in the year-over-year mode, here we’ve this chart from our infamous “Live by the Leverage, Die by the Leverage Dept.” featuring the percentage tracks of Gold itself +77%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +79%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +111%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +142%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +149%, Newmont (NEM) +170%, and the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +180%.  Yesterday’s falls make Niagara Falls appear but a trickle: 

Even more broadly as again ’tis month-end, we’ve our recently revised Gold Structure graphic featuring the Peggy Lee tune crooned back in ’69.  Some might consider that tall “wick” on the rightmost January candle as “technical damage” given there is arguably a dearth of monthly structural support until the 3500 area; (but’s let’s not go there, please):

From the broad-term past to the near-term now we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and Silver on the right.  And the pre-fallout low-to-high tracings are remarkable, respectively at +23% for Gold and for Silver a stunning +62% just in ten trading days!  In both panels we’ve selectively labeled prominent volume-dominant price levels.  And the barely visible wee white line for each market is Friday’s settle:

For the BEGOS Markets as a whole across the past 21 trading days (one month), here we go ’round the horn for all eight components with their diagonal grey regression trendlines and baby blue dots depicting the day-to-day consistency of each trend.  And not to be left out of the tumbling Metals Triumvirate, along with the yellow and white metals, so did the red see its price shred, Copper therein high-to-low losing -13.7% of its value.  Metals’ mania mayhem, indeed!

Meanwhile through the midst of it all, the S&P 500 — despite marginally flirting above a record 7000 for 26 minutes on Wednesday — hasn’t really moved about to any material extent.  Again by the deMeadville Market Ranges page, of the eight BEGOS markets, the S&P and the Bond are the most subdued of the bunch.  As expected, the Federal Open Market Committee voted (albeit not unanimously) to maintain the interest rate on FedFunds in the 3.50%-3.75% target range.  Too, Q4 Earnings Season (with about one-third of S&P constituents having reported) is running at an above average year-over-year improvement pace.  And the Economic Barometer is continuing to climb upward.  Thus, geo-politics and a FedChair pick aside, there’s not really that much goin’ on out there.  And specific to the Econ Baro, of the past week’s 11 incoming metrics, just two were worse period-over-period.  Here’s the one-year view:

Note in the Baro the reference to inflation.  Friday {finally} brought wholesale inflation data for December via the Producer Price Index.  Both the “headline” and “core” readings came in at five-month highs, respectively annualized at +6.0% and +7.2%, (the 12-month summations being a less daunting +2.6% in each instance).  And directly from the first paragraph of the FOMC’s Policy Statement:  “Inflation remains somewhat elevated”, that release being two days prior to the PPI report.  Fundamentally, that can be construed as a Gold-negative, should the Fed have to reverse rate gears and raise ’em.  Either way, in muted response to the FOMC, the net change in the S&P from Wednesday through Friday was just a wee -0.6%.  But by our indicatively leading MoneyFlow page, the change “ought have been” -3.1%.  As folks later figure that out, a lower S&P near-term is likely.  Too, the “live” price/earnings ratio of the S&P remains a “lofty” (kind understatement) 47.7x.

To close, we go to the “Now What? Dept.”  Per our title, has the metals’ mania maxed?  As stated, the selling into week’s-end was record-setting. Yet certainly so across the past five months had been the buying.  And ’tis said that “What goes up must come down” … or at least not ridiculously stray from valuation.  So as to near-term direction, mind near-term trends for protection.  For the moment (as these always are evolving), our best pure swing Market Rhythm for Gold is its 30-minute MoneyFlow, and for Silver her four-hour Price Oscillator.  (Do try not to get carried away).

And specific to geo-politically influenced metals’ mania, not only have we in other missives proven (in nauseatingly numerical detail) that such rallies are relatively short-lived with price returning down from whence it came (and then some), but also that regressing a Gold price to geo-politics is absurdly abstract.  For at the end of the day, it simply comes down to how much dough (or lack thereof) is there to go ’round, and thus, how much need be printed to make everyone sound.  Per the opening Scoreboard, that S&P 500 market capitalization-to-liquid money supply ratio of 2.7x is worrisome.  Is your broker liquid?

Now as we prepare to publish, we are learning of disturbing geo-political events this weekend from Gaza to Iran.  So should the metals be maxed or otherwise:  aren’t you glad you hold Gold?

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 845 – (24 January 2026) – “Silver Taps 100 Whilst Gold Scrabbles for 5000”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 845th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 24 January 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Silver Taps 100 Whilst Gold Scrabbles for 5000“

Silver yesterday (Friday) at 15:10 GMT saw the current front month contract (March) achieve 100.00 for the very first time, en route to trading as high as 103.53 before settling the week at 103.26.  Hearty congratulations to Sweet Sister Silver!

Gold however was unable to keep pace in the day’s milestone race, reaching “only” up to another All-Time High at 4991, rather than (as yet) eclipsing 5000 in closing at 4983.

Thus, on marches the metals’ mania mayhem with Gold year-to-date up now a net +15% and Silver +46%.  (For you stock jocks, the S&P 500 thus far is +1%; have a great day).

Wonderful as ’tis in maintaining our 5546 forecast Gold high for 2026, we’ve this prudent cash management reminder from the “Metals Meltdown Dept.” … just in case you’re scoring at home:

  • Back at Gold’s 06 September 2011 record high of 1923, price by December four years hence had “corrected” -46%;

     

  • Back at Silver’s 25 April 2011 record high of 49.80, price by December four years hence had “corrected” -73%.

 “But mmb, you’ve already said that’s not gonna happen again, right?”

No one “knows” with certainty Squire, however we very much doubt it.  To be sure, we’re in the third massive metals “spike” since 1980, (recall then by 1982 Gold having succumbed -66% and Silver -88%).  Means reversion does happen.

The big difference between (yes we have to reprise it) “Now and Then” –[BeaTles, ’23] is back then the precious metals couldn’t get a seat in the theatre, let alone a back stage pass; now Gold and Silver are on centerstage aglow in all the lights.  Too, as we described in last year’s final missive:  the perception of Gold has morphed from a yield-less, irrelevant relic to meme-like stock proportions, and seriously is becoming more widely recognized as a foundational mitigant to debt-driven Dollar debasement and geopolitical jitters, overvaluation be damned.  To wit per the above opening Gold Scoreboard:

Gold at present is +12.7% above its BEGOS Market Value (4421 by price’s movement relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets being the Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil and S&P 500) and further ’tis +27.6% above Fair Value (3905 by price’s 45-year regression to the debasing Dollar via “M2”, countered by the increase in the supply of Gold).

As for Silver, she is +83.4% above her Fair Value (56.30 given that for Gold divided by the evolving mean of the Gold/Silver ratio).  And such ratio now at 48.3x is a 14-year low as shown below by the day across the past 25 years:

Still, maybe this is the great revaluing of the metals, mmb…”

Squire, as we’ve repeated ad nauseam through so many years, “the market is never wrong” … but it can be vastly misvalued as — again — good old means reversion shall ultimately will out.  Moreover, having calculated a proper Fair Value for Gold since 1980 — indeed by which Gold until very recently has been undervalued through four decades — ’tis a valuation foundation we shan’t abandon.

“But oh, there’s too much debt”, they say.  “But oh, geo-political tensions are running astray”, they say.  ‘Course, they‘ve been saying all this for years.  And hardly are we going to begin regressing the price of Gold to global debt levels and geo-political devils.  For at the end of the day, such harrowing macro issues lead to more currency debasement, which in turn shall redound back to increasing the Fair Value of Gold, and Silver too by her relationship thereto.

‘Course today, we’ve all the newly-minted Gold experts out there who also are extoling the industrial benefits of Silver, rightly pointing out that there’s not anywhere near enough physical supply of either precious metal to satisfy the paper/derivative claims on it all.

So, they’re just figuring that out now?  Have they looked as well at the S&P 500’s market capitalization of $61.4T supported by a liquid money supply of “just” $22.6T?  Talk about an inevitable monetary printing event!  Still, for Silver to truly be justified as this high, her industrial demand must vastly accelerate.  Not that it shan’t, but ’tis something of which to be aware.

All that said, as we wave the Gold flag for 5546 in 2026, we love having Sister Silver participate.  But should the precious metals en route take a bit of a bath — let alone a beating — bear in mind their respective Fair Value levels per each weekly missive’s opening Gold Scoreboard.

And speaking of scoring, let’s next pull up Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from one year ago-to-date.  Last week’s gain of +8.3% ranks fourth best century-to-date, (the best weekly gain being +13.1% for that ending 19 September 2008 when the Black Swan’s wings fanned the flames of the FinCrisis).

Today at 4983, Gold is +746 points above the chart’s rightmost blue parabolic Long dot at 4237, the hoovering of which in the ensuing week would flip the trend from Long to Short.  Given Gold’s expected weekly trading range is now 206 points, such flip is well out of range.  And toward reaching the 5000 milestone as early as Monday, (barring a severe gap down at the open), a mere +17 points from here is no more than trading noise, (Gold’s expected daily trading range per the website now being 101 points):

Looking StateSide, the Economic Barometer continues to gain traction.  ‘Course, last week’s World Economic Forum featured President Trump, of whom we apolitically say, seemed to oversell the USA.  A point thereto is in regard to (paraphrased) “inflation has come way down”.  We’re not convinced.  Remember as a consequence of the government “shutdown” there were at one point nearly 50 metrics missing from the Econ Baro; and whilst not all shall ever be known, the inclusive missing count has since been reduced to just 15.

And specific to the month of December, we’ve now a full 12 months of inflation data via the Consumer Price Index; (the month’s PPI shan’t be released until next Friday).  But the CPI’s summation for the year is +2.9%, with December’s annualized pace alone at +3.6%.  The last monthly data available for the “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures reading was November’s annualized pace of +2.4% (both “headline” and “core”).  We’d thus opine that although inflation hasn’t really picked up, hardly has it come “way down”.

In turn, “down” shan’t be the direction of the FedFunds rate per next Wednesday’s Policy Statement from the Federal Open Market Committee.  And as for the 14 metrics that did arrive for the Baro this past week, just four were worse period-over-period, albeit the majority of the reports were well in “shutdown” arrears.  Here it all is from a year ago-to-date:

Note therein the reference to the “live” price/earnings ratio of the S&P 500 now at 59.1x.  If you’ve forgotten the math, we’ve not forgotten it for you:

And yes, that p/e of 59.1x remains stratospherically excessive even as Q4 Earnings Season thus far has been very positive for the S&P:  of the 46 constituents having reported, 74% have bettered their bottom lines from Q4 a year ago.  But the overall high level of price — and thus practically no yield — inevitably is problematic given the yield in Treasuries remains more than triple that of S&P, and without risk of capital loss, (’tis assumed anyway…gulp…)  But we get it:  “Debt ain’t sexy.”  So, cue Fleetwood Mac from ’76:   “You can go your own way…” 

Looking at Gold’s way, ’tis obviously been “up, up and away!”  Below on the left we’ve price’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date along with the baby blue dots depicting the day-to-day consistency of the regression trend:  “Follow the Blues” indeed.  And below on the right is the yellow metal’s 10-day Market Profile with selected price labels for volume-dominance.  As for Gold’s “textbook technicals” (our cocktail of Relative Strength, Stochastics and John Bollinger’s Bands), price is nine consecutive trading days “overbought” irrespective of the separately-calculated overvaluations depicted in the opening Gold Scoreboard:

 

Sister Silver meanwhile owns the title of “Overbought” given her “textbook technicals” are now 49 consecutive trading days as such.  And below (at left), her daily bars and “Baby Blues” are practically upside perfection, as in her Market Profile (at right) she’s lookin’ great at 100!  “Brava Brava Sista Silva!”

Into the new week, ’tis time for Gold 5000, (again barring “The Sell”).  Gold has begun 2026 with a bang, indeed its best opening 15 trading days by percentage gain of any year so far this century, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there is since 01 January 2001).  And certainly the same (understatement) can be said for Silver, her having thus far gone nuclear!  Regardless of what can be deemed as too far too quickly — especially with respect to overvaluation — we close with this graphic of the early year-to-date percentage tracks for each of Silver (+46%), Gold (+15%), Bitcoin (+1%), S&P 500 (+1%) and the Dollar Index (-1%):

‘Course with “only” 236 trading days remaining in 2026, what possibly could go wrong?  For Gold and Silver the trend is Long!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 844 – (17 January 2026) – “Metals’ Mania Mayhem!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 844th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 17 January 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Metals’ Mania Mayhem!“

“Got volatility??”  Oh baby.  “Maxed-out metals??”  Oh maybe.  “5546 still forecast??”  Ah oui-oui, (a little local lingo there).

But hardly shall Gold get to 5546 in a straight line.  For given today’s milieu of this metals’ mania mayhem, prices — both by valuation and technicals — look as having achieved a max … ’til ’tis onward to the next higher climax.

“So you’re saying now down, but then later back up to more highs, right mmb?”

Squire, ‘twould appear to be the case.  In any market mania, be it over those silly “meme” stocks (or even over Gold and Silver as you’ll recall from “Gold Morphs into a Meme Stock” when penned away back on 26 April of last year), mayhem axiomatically reverts to valuation, in turn toward unwinding the excess of technicals.

First let’s look at valuation.  In drawing from the above Scoreboard, Gold’s settling yesterday (Friday) at 4601 is an All-Time Weekly Closing High; (the record intraday high came this past Wednesday at 4651). And as shown, 4601 is +5.4% above our BEGOS Market Value for Gold (4366 per price’s movement relative to those of the primary BEGOS components Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500).  Further, ’tis +17.9% above Fair Value (price regressed to the U.S. Dollar across the past 46 years, throughout adjusted for the increase in Gold tonnage).  And how about Sister Silver:  now 89.95, she is a full +60.0% above her Fair Value (56.23).  So yes, Virginia, as magnificent and enjoyable as has been the metals’ moves, priced to the present, they are ahead of themselves, (again, in no way precluding higher levels still, as the year and our 5546 forecast for Gold unfold).

Second let’s look at technicals.  Those of you focused on this latest metals’ mania have now likely also sensed the escalating mayhem therein.  The selling is becoming more frequent.  The standard trading week for the metals’ futures contains 20 six-hour periods.  For the week prior (ending 09 January), 13 six-hour periods were up and thus 7 were down.  But for this past week — even as Gold recorded a net +1.8% gain — 10 six-hour periods were up and 10 were down.  And intraday Friday, the price of Gold capitulated -75 points from 4622 to 4547 in a mere 17-minutes (15:18 GMT through 15:34 GMT).  Blame it on the geo-polly follies?  “Iran is ON! … no wait … Iran is OFF! … but hang on … yes, it’s Greenland!”  Or to quote the late-beloved actor Jean-Paul Belmondo from Casino Royale –[Columbia, ’67]:  “Zee French have arrived!”

Arriving next we’ve this three-panel chart of such six-hour technicals for each of Gold, Silver and Copper.  The time frame is from the start of December-to-date.  This most recent week is from the x-axis label “01/12” (January 12th).  In all three cases:

  • Price peaked and has since weakened;
  • The blue parabolic dots have moved from below price to above it (a sell signal);
  • And the MACD (“moving average convergence divergence”) has negatively crossed:

‘Course, technical analysis can struggle to pan out in the midst of mania.  But hardly for all three metals would some further price pullbacks be untoward  Either way, you regular readers well-know a pet caveat of ours that “Shorting Gold is a bad idea”.  To be sure, the media are running rife with geo-political strife.  But at the end of the day, as we’ve herein documented in recent years, geo-political price spikes in Gold are generally short-(no pun intended)-lived.  For as ever, the broad valuation of Gold is by Dollar debasement, mitigated to an extent by an ever-increasing supply of the yellow metal.  Gold’s otherwise wild price gesticulations eventually return from whence they came.  (Or for you WestPalmBeachers down there, a word to the wise is sufficient).

“That’s an oxymoron for that bunch, mmb…”

Now let’s be nice, dear Squire.  ‘Tis critical that we respect those who “take the other side of the trade”.

And as we go to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, the trend of the trade has basically been “Nuthin’ but UP!”  But should the tide now ebb for a bit, ’tis good to know where the current blue-dotted parabolic trend would flip, which as noted for the ensuing week is 4154:  ’tis -447 points below the present 4601 level.  Gold’s expected weekly trading range?  189 points.  Therefore in that vacuum, one can speculate a down week for Gold shan’t flip said trend.  Or perhaps we’re higher still by next week’s end:

 

Nevertheless, we’ve mentioned “negativity” … near-term anyway … for the metals both by valuation and technicals.  Now let’s turn to a possibly negative fundamental notion for Gold.  We’re but a week-and-a-half away from the first Policy Statement of the year from the Federal Open Market Committee.  And despite an apparent slowing in inflation — “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures data due next week — and still tepid job creation, venerable Reuters nonetheless reports via the CME FedWatch tool that “Traders are betting on a 97.2 per cent chance for the Fed to keep rates unchanged at its Jan. 27 to 28 meeting”.  And given the recent strength that’s been pouring into our Economic Barometer, we concur.  Have a look, (even as 27 StateSide government “shutdown” metrics remain missing):

Year-to-date, 37 data items (including some in “shutdown” arrears) have come into the Baro, of which only 12 were worse period-over-period.  Hence the rise by this economic guise.  Recall the ’90s gridlock-is-good “Goldilocks Economy” of President Clinton(D) astride that Congress(R)?  Today’s politics aside, are we witnessing the return of Ms. Locks?  Again, inflation has been reported as slowing, but jobs numbers need to come up a bit.  Still, so far in 2026, the Econ Baro’s standout improved reports (much from Q4 2025 data) chronologically include Productivity, the Trade Deficit, the Unemployment Rate, Building Permits, the Current Account, Existing Home Sales, Initial Jobless Claims, both the Philly Fed and N.Y. Empire State Indices, and Capacity Utilization.  Too, from the “Whew! Dept.”, the potential end-of-January “shutdown” shan’t come to pass … just in case you’re scoring at home.

Regardless, a less-benevolent Fed can retard Gold from getting further ahead.

However, herein we move instead to our two-panel display of daily bars from three months ago-to-date for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  As noted in our prior two missives, the yellow metal’s baby blue dots of regression trend consistency already had been breaking down, even as price duly recovered to the latest 4651 record high.  But the “Baby Blues” for the white metal have been holding firm.  Still, should price decays further ensue, ’twill hit both sets of Blues, too:

As well in a two-panel shell are the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold (at left) and for Silver (at right).  Because for both metals the respective trading ranges have been so vast these past two weeks, we’ve limited the number of labeled volume-dominant prices.  And for the present, Gold and Silver are deeply mired in high-volume zones:

With all that in your metals’ pack, here’s the stack:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):
Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  4651 (14 January 2026)
2026’s High:  4651 (14 January 2026)
10-Session directional range:  up to 4651 (from 4356) = +295 points or +6.8%
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  4634 (14 January 2026)
Trading Resistance:  4603 / 4621 / 4643
Gold Currently:  4601, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  86 points)
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4548
Trading Support:  4496 / 4471 / 4459
2026’s Low:  4319 (02 January)
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  4154
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3901
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3401 and rising
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

To wrap, in the midst of this metals’ mania mayhem, we ought not be put off by some degree of price retrenchment, especially with 5546 for our forecast high as the year goes by.

“And here’s a surprise, mmb!  Copper’s sister Coppélia just sent us this!”

Now Squire, do behave out there.  And indeed, folks, stay with your Gold and Silver!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 843 – (10 January 2026) – “Six Days into ’26, Gold and Silver Net Upticks”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 843rd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 10 January 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Six Days into ’26, Gold and Silver Net Upticks“

Six trading days into 2026 find Gold having already netted a year-to-date gain of +4.3% and Silver +12.4%.  Or … just in case you’re scoring at home … to go deeper inside the data for the 138 hours so far traded, 81(59%) have been up for Gold and 75 (54%) have been up for Silver.

Moreover, from the “‘Tis Too Early to Extrapolate Dept.”, Gold at its current year-to-date regressed growth pace would achieve our 5546 forecast high for 2026 come 27 February.  Too early, indeed, perhaps too much detail.  Yet it punctuates just how positive are the precious metals’ internals thus far into the young year.

“And like you say, mmb, markets don’t move in a straight line…”

‘Tis axiomatic, Squire, given markets’ means reversion is natural phenomenon “do-doo-de-do-doo” –[Henson, ’69].  For as we’ve herein quipped over the years:  “The markets are never wrong; but they can be vastly misvalued.”

And thereto, overvaluation is the present state of both the precious metals — and far more so — that of the S&P 500.  As depicted in our above newly-enhanced Gold Scoreboard, whereas Gold settled this past week yesterday (Friday) at 4518, ’tis +5.5% above its BEGOS Market Value* of 4282, and further, +15.9% above Fair Value of 3898.  Too, Silver’s settle at 79.79 is +42.0% above her Fair Value of 56.17.  So clearly there will be price retrenchment for both the yellow and white metals as the year unfolds, albeit within the broader context of Gold getting to 5546.

(*Valuing Gold by its price movement relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets:  Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil, S&P 500).

As to the S&P 500, today’s market capitalization of $61.8T is 2.7x the supportive StateSide liquid money supply (“M2”) of $22.6T.  And as we wrote in last Thursday morning’s Prescient Commentary, the S&P:  “…settled [Wednesday] with a “live” P/E of 57.2x, more than double from its inception 13 years ago [meaning] earnings have since grown at less than half the rate of the S&P itself…”  Then yesterday, the S&P recorded yet another record high (6978), boosting such price/earnings ratio to now 58.5x per the Scoreboard .

Again we reprise Jerome B. Cohen:  “…in bull markets the average [P/E] level would be about 15 to 18 times earnings…”  What that means for you WestPalmBeachers down there is by buying the S&P as a whole unit today, you’d pay $58.50 for something that earns $1.00 (an implied yield of 1.709%, the actual dividend yield by the Scoreboard being 1.134%), all whilst facing a “means reversion” capital risk of worse than -50% upon it all going wrong.

‘Course for Gold, ’tis all going well, (and by present valuation too well, but hardly shall we complain).  For the 52 weekly settles from one year ago-to-date, Gold is trending higher at a rate of +1.1% per week.  At such pace, price a year from now would be dubiously 7843.  Comparably, by century-to-date, there’s been but one other mutually-exclusive similar pace:  from mid-May 2005 to mid-May 2006, (price recording a +69% run from 421 to 712).  History — as is its wont — has thus repeated as we go to Gold’s weekly bars since this a date year ago, the blue-dotted parabolic Long trend now five weeks in duration:

To be sure, given our forecast for 5546 this year, we’re anticipating such higher Gold even as the noted “overvalued” speedbumps certainly shall retard present pace.  Of more import, Gold is getting the broad-based bid of which it has been so deserving throughout this century.  But as charter reader JGS of the very first edition of The Gold Update said away back in 2009:  “There’s always the overshoot.”  Yet even as we’re now seeing that, it legitimizes a growing “awareness” (yucky word as ’tis) over ever-potential currency instability — even as the Dollar is getting a notable bid in starting the year — and certainly so, proliferating geo-political instability.  ‘Tis a world on the edge in so many respects, be it asset overvaluations and/or sovereign nation invasions.

Further evidence of the precious metals being in play is measured by their respective “expected daily trading range” (“EDTR”).  From the website, here are the current EDTRs for Gold on the left, Silver at center, and the S&P 500 “Spoo” futures on the right.  The time frame is from one year ago through yesterday.  (For our rookie readers, this is not price direction; rather ’tis how much range by points we expect each market to cover for the following trading day).  And quite obviously, the precious metals are characterized by volatility well-exceeding that for the stock market:  Gold’s current EDTR of 91 points equates to $9,100/contract of range expected (in this case) for Monday; Silver’s EDTR of 5.33 points equates to $26,650/contract of range expected, but the S&P 500 futures EDTR of 56 points equates to “only” $2,800/contract of range expected.  Query:  “What are YOU trading?”

Peeking a bit further into the S&P, despite it having recorded an all-time high yesterday, the mighty Index appears rather lackluster into this new year.  Through the first six trading days for each of the 26 trading years century-to-date, this year’s low-to-high S&P range of 2.3% ranks a wee 20th.  ‘Course, there hasn’t been that much fundamentally upon which to trade (the exception being the recklessly high P/E).  Also, Q4 Earnings Season has only just started, wherein for the 23 companies thus far having reported, 78% beat estimates — but only 43% actually bettered their bottom line of Q4 a year ago; (‘course in this Investing Age of Stoopid, “earnings growth” has no relevance whatsoever).

Too, there’s been little economic data provided thus far in 2026:  just nine metrics have been reported, of which four were in arrears from the StateSide “shutdown”.  The metric getting the most FinMedia notice is December’s Unemployment Rate, having dropped a pip from 4.5% in November to 4.4%, (even as an already anemic Payrolls growth slowed from November, itself revised lower; and the December estimate was missed).  Here’s the Economic Barometer, featuring the record high S&P, and from the website, everybody’s favourite P/Es.  Stoopid indeed:

Returning to the intelligent side of investing, here next we’ve our two-panel graphic of Gold’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date at left and 10-day Market Profile at right.  The yellow metal’s baby blue dots of trend consistency continue to trickle lower; and by the Profile, Gold’s most volume-dominant support price shows as 4459:

The like drill for Sister Silver still finds her “Baby Blues” above the key +80% axis, her on-balance December rise having been more uniform than that for Gold.  And by the white metal’s Profile, the 75s appear as the most supportive area at present:

Supportive indeed for the precious metals are the aforementioned concerns over the world becoming a bit more wobbly.  Regardless, anticipated trimming of recently netted gains “ought” not be too much of a concern.  As to technically monitoring it all, we’ve this from our Market Rhythms’ analyses, with the corollary that ’tis — whilst current — measured via hindsight per each study’s last ten swing signals, (even as “shorting Gold is a bad idea”):

  • Gold:  for pure swing consistency, its best study of late has been the Parabolics on the 12hr time frame, else if targeting a profit per swing, the daily MACD;

  • Silver:  for pure swing consistency, her best study of late has been the Parabolics on the 30mn time frame, else if targeting a profit per swing, the 2hr MACD.

And, as always, remember:  just because a technical study has profitably panned-out ten times in-a-row, ever-shifting market dynamics can bring such streak to an abrupt halt time and again.

“Yer sure givin’ it all away today, mmb…” 

Just our way of humbly sharing with our valued readers what we’re seeing, Squire.  Here’s to Gold and Silver!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 842 – (03 January 2026) – “We Forecast Gold’s High for ’26 at 5546”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 842nd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 03 January 2026 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“We Forecast Gold’s High for ’26 at 5546“

5546 is our forecast Gold high for 2026.  When we set upon such annual analysis for this year, we admittedly felt a bit snarky in perhaps selecting the year’s high as “the opening tick”, which yesterday (Friday) was 4340.  After all, Gold is — at present — overvalued.  But it did trade well up early in the session to as high as 4415 before giving back most of that gain in settling the first trading day of 2026 at 4342.

Regardless, per the above newly-enhanced Gold Scoreboard, we peg price as overvalued both by Fair Value (+11.5%) and BEGOS Market Value (+2.9%).  In such respect, the notion of Gold thus opening on what would turn out to be its high for the entire year did have a modicum of plausibility.

However:  plausibility is hardly reality.  Gold is in play … Big Time!  As you regular readers well-know, 2025 was the year of the newly-minted Gold expert.  Much of that upon which we’ve expounded these past 16 years was suddenly discovered by the many perceptive pawns proliferating this ongoing Investing Age of Stoopid.  To wit, Gold’s COMEX contract volume in 2025 exceeded 50 million, the largest since 2020’s onset of COVID that put Gold into panic mode.

Moreover, despite Gold’s overvaluation by both Fair Value and BEGOS, price’s trend has not only been up, but on balance soaring.  In settling 2025 at 4332, Gold’s 2625-4584 low-to-high range for the year was a percentage span of +74.7%, far and away the broadest of the 25 years century-to-date; (second-most was 2009’s +53.2% run from 802-1228).

“So mmb, if it’s overvalued, why is your 5546 forecast so much higher than here?”

Squire, the herd push into Gold — and into Silver as well — is sufficiently substantial that ’tis not going to suddenly stop.  Further, we have to think 2026 shall see significant issues to work in Gold’s favour, albeit as a valued re-publisher of The Gold Update recently wrote to us (hat-tip GoldSeek.com):  “What a year!  If we have another similar year then we have serious problems taking place…”

For example, geo-political issues abound, (consequential Gold price spikes short-lived as they may be).  But hardly seeing resolve are RUS/UKR, ISR/PSE and the portending state of PRC/TWN.

“Also now this morning USA/VEN and there’s also USA/IRN, huh, mmb?”

To coin a radio phrase, Squire, “The hits just keep on comin’!” and these all are sensitive situations which can swiftly induce higher Gold.

Remember, too, the recent StateSide government “shutdown”?  Gold therein did quite well:  having settled at 3888 the day before the “shutdown” commenced on 01 October, price three weeks hence on 20 October had gained +13.1% to a fresh record high at 4398.  And now there’s “talk” of another “shutdown” beginning 31 January.  How many more missing metrics for the Economic Barometer would that elicit?  Such total actually ticked up yesterday from 36 to 37 upon The U.S. Census Bureau’s not issuing Construction Spending for a third consecutive month.  To reprise the late, great football coach Vince Lombardi:  “What da hell’s goin’ on out ‘dere?”

‘Course, a currency debasing event axiomatically would pump Gold higher still as Fair Value would accelerate.  The U.S. estimated federal spend in 2025 was $7.01T on generated income of $5.23T.  Indeed, the federal government’s average two-week spend is essentially the same as a full year’s increase in Gold tonnage, marked-to-market.

As well, our upgraded Scoreboard shows the market capitalization of the S&P 500 as 2.7x greater than the liquid money supply to support it.  That wouldn’t end well:  “Jeepers, Mabel, the broker gave us more IOUs for our stock sales!” … “Just relax, Beano, the Fed said it’ll make us whole.”

As well toward Gold 5546, there’s much ado about making the 5000 milestone.  So as overvalued as the yellow metal presently is, let’s repeat that which we herein wrote a week ago toward still higher Gold:  “…far be it from us to stand in the way of the ‘bigger fish to fry’ global financial stability concerns…”

“And how did you come up with 5546, mmb?”

‘Twas fairly straight-forward, Squire.  We merely calculated Gold’s “expected yearly trading range” (on a percentage basis) and — assuming this year that price trades higher than it falls — out popped 5546.  Relative to last year, (as noted Gold’s low-to-high range having spanned +74.7%), the math actually suggests less than half that range in 2026, the potential low coming in at 4136, (just in case you’re scoring at home), although a return sub-4000 wouldn’t surprise us a wit.

Now as this is effectively our month/quarter/year-end edition of The Gold Update, ’tis time to present the attendant graphics starting with the final BEGOS Markets’ Standings 2025, starring as sterling as ever, Sweet Sister Silver.  Her having reached as high as 82.67 was nearly triple her 2024 settle away back at 29.29, en route to closing 2025 at 70.98:

Next to our two year-over-year views, beginning with Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends.  Obviously we cannot rule out the inevitable flip of the blue-dotted Long trend to Short.  But for the present, the “flip-to-Short” level is 4080, i.e. below the year’s potential low we just mused of 4136.  That noted, barring a swift Gold plunge, we’re about two weeks away from the blue dots accelerating up beyond 4136:

And in the second such view we present the most noble precious metals equities.  The expression “Live by the leverage, die by the leverage” is exemplary in this case.  For even as Gold itself year-over-year is now +65%, we’ve Franco-Nevada (FNV) +78%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +119%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +154%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +156%, the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +163%, and Newmont (NEM) +174%.  “Wow!” and “Beyond Wow!”

Maintaining end-of-month tradition, next we’ve Gold’s Structure; however, we’ve reduced the overall time scale from starting in 2010 to instead starting from 2020.  All those sedimentary-level names have been removed, although the  horizontal lines are still there for reference.  But barring the yellow metal breaking below “The Infamous Triple Top” in price’s initial attempts to stay above 2000, we don’t anticipate Gold returning so low.  Even last year, the only month in which a candle closed below its open was June.  So ’tis fair to say — despite our forecast 5546 — ‘twould be prudent to anticipate a bit of red en route:

Zooming back in near-term, here are the precious metals’ 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  Note that the yellow metal in opening the year has slid below its most volume-dominant support (now resistance) as labeled at 4363.  As for the white metal, she’s begun the year in flirting either side of her dominant 71.95 level:

Now to the last 21 trading days (one month) for all eight BEGOS Markets, featuring the baby blue dots of regression trend consistency.  Save for the Bond and Oil downtrends, the other six components are positively slanted, albeit the “Baby Blues” for the Euro, Swiss Franc and Gold are all dropping from having been above their key +80% levels, suggestive of lower prices (which already we’ve been seeing); those for Silver and Copper, too, may begin to break down as the ensuing week unfolds:

All of which brings us to the Econ Baro.  Just a wee three metrics made it into the Baro this past week … but their respective results were large:  the Chicago Purchasing Managers’ Index leapt from 36.6 in November to 43.5 for December; November’s Pending Home Sales improved from a +2.4% gain in October to +3.3%; and Initial Jobless Claims (admittedly for Christmas week) dropped from 215k to 199k.  Thus, the Baro remains positively pointed even as rate cuts are expected to be anointed:

However, that raises the question of a barrier to Gold 5546: for if the Fed were not to cut… on verra…

In summary, yes Gold is — for the present– overvalued (and certainly so is Silver … again see the opening Scoreboard).  But hardly would we sell here.  More prudently, should Gold as the months unfold break below Fair Value (currently 3895), ’tis an opportunity to buy “mohrrrr….”

Either way, we’ll wrap it here with this observation:  if Gold is overvalued, then the S&P 500 is massively so.  Per our final 2025 Prescient Commentary from last Wednesday morning, we wrote:  “The S&P 500 — which a year ago closed with its ‘live’ P/E at 46.1x — now finds it at 55.1x.”   As depicted earlier in the BEGOS Markets’ Standings, the S&P sported a +16.4% gain for 2025; in turn, its Price/Earnings ratio increased (finishing the year at 54.6x) by +18.4%.  For you WestPalmBeachers down there, that means relative to share prices, earnings growth for the Index as a whole wasn’t there!  “Whoopsie…” 

“GOT GOLD???”

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 841 – (27 December 2025) – “Yes, Gold REALLY Is Getting Ahead of Itself”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 841st Edition — Monte-Carlo — 27 December 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Yes, Gold REALLY Is Getting Ahead of Itself“

Good grief, Squire, how did that WestPalmBeacher get in here?
“He didn’t, mmb, it’s just some kinda AI infiltration…”
Well, we simply must get on to our Amsteg security team. Honestly…

To Gold:  With specific respect to this week’s title, our missive from back on 06 September, (the 14th anniversary of 2011’s All-Time Intraday Gold High at 1923), was queryingly entitled “Is Gold (Again) Getting Ahead of Itself?”  The key word therein is “Again”.  Because prior, we’d originally postulated about Gold having gotten ahead of itself away back on 01 October 2011 (Update No. 98), price having settled that Friday (30 September 2011) at 1627 and thus already -15% from the 1923 record high of just four weeks earlier.

But annoyingly, such postulation was far more prescient than that for which we planned:  come 03 December 2015 — yes four years hence — Gold’s fallout from 1923 to 1045 completed an all-in correction of -45%.

“Oh no, mmb, yer not sayin’ this is gonna happen all over again … are you?”

Calme-toi, Squire.  ‘Tis not gonna happen all over again, for there’s a big difference between “Now and Then” –[BeaTles, ’23]:

  • “Then”, during that massive decline, Gold was discarded as a yield-less, storagely-expensive, debasively-irrelevant relic.  The 1045 bottom was -57% below its Fair Value that day of 2450.

  • “Now”, having settled yesterday (Friday) at a record-high close of 4562, ’tis a +337% increase over the past 10 years, 2025 finding everyone having suddenly become a Gold expert, in turn morphing the precious metals into “meme” stocks as we’ve on occasion quipped since this past spring (seasonally and pricewise).

‘Tis been great for Gold, en route bringing Silver up to far more realistic pricing.  But the recent overshoot of Fair Value is significant.  By such metric, Gold at 4562 is now +17% above its 3891 Fair Value, whilst Silver at 79.68 is +42% above its 56.06 Fair Value.  And you know, and we know, and given everybody from Bangor ME to Honolulu and right ’round the world instantly having become a Gold expert knows:  the yellow metal since Nixon’s nixing of the Gold Standard (15 August 1971) has been priced sub-par relative to its Fair Value.  But today, ’tis priced at that stated +17% premium.  And “reversion to the mean” we ‘spect shall be seen.

Regardless of Gold’s mis-valuation, the market is never wrong:  today’s 4562 level is the truth.  Price’s primary driver these last 54 years is dollar debasement, offset to an extent by the increase in Gold’s supply.

Course, there is additional conventional wisdom to justify still-higher Gold:  “Oh, the world is working toward war!”, they say; “Oh, the banks are going to fail!”, they say; “Oh, the fiats are finished!”, they say.  And duly legitimate notions they all are.  But at the end of the day, when such Gold-gyrating stimuli fall from the FinMedia fray, ’tis inevitably Dollar debasement that leads Gold’s upward way.

Thus — courtesy of the “Reverse Engineering Dept.” — we query:

“What ought be today’s level of the liquid U.S. Money Supply (“M2″) to justify 4562 Gold?”

M2 today is $22.5T and Gold’s Fair Value is 3891.  So with a rough “back of the napkin” pencil scribbling — without regard for the ongoing increase in Gold’s tonnage — simple arithmetic proportion puts M2 up to $26.4T such as to be aligned with 4562 Gold today.  For those of you scoring at home, that implies a +$3.9T M2 increase.

“And how long will that take, mmb?”

Squire, upon it all going wrong in the financial world, it could happen in a heartbeat.  Regular readers of The Gold Update know of the “Look Ma! No Money!” crash wherein liquidation of the S&P 500’s current market capitalization of $61.5T would be readily supported by “only” $22.5T of M2.  Your broker then remits to you an “I.O.U.”, stock trading ceases, and everyone “owed dough ” waits for the Federal Reserve to “print” and (in that vacuum) distribute the +$39T difference.  Gold in turn would rapidly race up into the five figures.

That stated, following the Fed’s last series of rate hikes — which rightly rebased the Dollar in reducing M2 from $22.0T in April of 2022 to $20.6T come October 2023 — the money supply since has steadily returned to debasing, indeed at a regressed trending rate of +$15.7B per week.

Thus:  at that pace from today’s M2 level of $22.5T to the $26.4T level supportive of Gold now at 4562 would take 250 weeks, i.e. some five years!   But wait, it gets worse:  account along the way for an increase in the Gold supply (typically some +2,770 tonnes per year) and empirically, it would take even longer for Gold to rightly be at today’s 4562.  Yes, Gold REALLY has gotten ahead of itself; but far be it from us to stand in the way of the “bigger fish to fry” global financial stability concerns.

So relax:  hardly are we bearish on Gold.  We love what’s happening!  But — the current “metals mania” aside — as we oft caution given Gold is a major liquid market, price shan’t ascend in a straight line, let alone move lower as such.  And for the present being priced some +17% above Fair Value, Gold too is +9.4% (+393 points) above its BEGOS Market Value of now 4169:

Nevertheless, the year-over-year weekly bars and parabolic trends picture remains nearly perfect.  Price’s expected weekly trading range is now a whopping 181 points, which is good news:  the ensuing week’s  “flip-to-Short” level (4048) is an “out-of-range” -514 points below here.  So barring a sudden, substantive selling spate of the precious metals, Gold’s current parabolic Long trend likely has a minimum of three more weeks to run.  One indeed wonders:  “5000 for New Year?”  With three trading days remaining in 2025, we don’t think so, albeit manias clearly get moved with madness (such as the S&P 500 since COVID).  Here’s Gold’s marvelous move, our green-line “conservative” forecast 3262 high being left far behind:

Speaking of stocks, let’s next go to the record-high S&P 500 astride (or otherwise) the Economic Barometer.  And this past week’s “blow-out” Baro metric was the (in arrears) initial read of Q3 Gross Domestic Product:  the +4.3% annualized pace was the swiftest since the +4.9% finalized read for Q3 in 2023.  The FinMedia are defining the GDP’s pace as “hot”, yet they’ve a prediction contest as to “how many Fed cuts there’ll be next year”.  Rate “cuts” in a “hot” economy?  On goes this Investing Age of Stoopid, even as the Conference Board’s Consumer Confidence Index fell in December for the fifth consecutive month.  Are you confident?  What about the Econ Baro’s 36 missing metrics?  Or the “potential” for the next StateSide “shutdown” in a month’s time?  How’s that “live” S&P 500 price/earnings ratio of 55.7x gonna work out for ya?  And “they” call Gold “yield-less”?  Indeed, “…ignorance is bliss…” –[Tom Gray, 1742]:

Now for our two-panel display of Gold, featuring its daily bars on the left from three months ago-to-date, and on the right the 10-day Market Profile.  Mind the baby blues dots of regression trend consistency, for upon their falling below the +80% axis likely brings still lower prices.  By the Profile, the nearest volume-dominant support level is 4518 as labeled:

And next is the same display for Silver.  ‘Tis marvelous that — by the Gold/Silver ratio — the white metal finally has caught up to a reasonable valuation vis-à-vis Gold.  Such G/S ratio (as earlier depicted in Gold’s weekly bars graphic) is now 57.3x, its lowest reading since 11 April 2013; the century-to-date evolving mean of the ratio is 69.4x.  ‘Course by the noted +42% deviation above Fair Value, ’tis fair to say Sweet Sister Silver has overshot herself.  Yet as we similarly mused for Gold:  “100 for New Year?”  Oh such hype is palpable!  However, from here at 79.68, such “milestone” (understatement) is “only” another +25.5% higher.

“But has that ever happened before in just three days, mmb?”

Very nearly so, Squire!  For the three-day stint within the thrashing of 2008’s “Black Swan” turbulence:  after 16 September, come 19 September, Silver had gained as much as 24.2%.  Either way, here’s Silver’s stance at present, (practically through the top of her two panels):

 

And now into New Year we go, the record-high precious metals miraculously “Going to a Go-Go” –[The Miracles, ’65].  As teased in the opening Gold Scoreboard, we’re revamping its look and expanding its summary of what we deem as critical “need-to-know” info on Gold, Silver, and too, the S&P 500:  thus you’ll have a tidy summary at the top every Saturday.  Indeed next Saturday shall be our month/quarter/year-end edition of The Gold Update (plus one trading day in January), including our Gold forecast high for 2026.  So don’t give it a miss, as miracles do happen!

A Safe and Happy New Year to Everybody!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 840 – (20 December 2025) – “Merry Metals!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 840th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 20 December 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Merry Metals!“

Merry metals, indeed!  En route to finishing the final full trading week of 2025, both Gold and Silver made fresh All-Time Highs!  “Surprise, surprise, surprise!” –[G. Pyle, ’64-’69].  Toward the week’s respective settles:

  • Gold on Thursday traded to as high as 4410 in closing Friday at 4369, +66% year-to-date;
  • Silver yesterday (Friday) traded to as high as 67.68 in closing at 67.40, +130% year-to-date.

“And how about from 2001, mmb?”

Squire we “ought” save that stat for our year-end edition still two missives hence.  However, as does Hollywood, let’s tease it.  So century-to-date:

  • Gold is presently +1,496%;
  • Silver is +1,352%;
  • and the S&P 500 (ex-dividend) is +418%.

Funny how the FinMedia focuses on the latter (i.e. the least-gainer) of those three; but precious metals investing is too boring for the followers of FinMedia to generate enough lifeblood (advertising revenue).  “Well ya know, uh Bud, these stocks are gonna like, uh, triple between now and the close…”

As to the year’s final two “shortened” weeks, there remain just 7½ trading days within the holiday haze, risking one’s becoming lost in the merry markets’ maze.  Bearing in mind that “trend trumps hype”, our best Market Rhythm on a pure swing basis for Gold is currently the 12-hour Parabolics, whilst for Silver ’tis the six-hour Moneyflow.  Here — with the benefit of hindsight — are the cumulative results of the last 10 pure swings for both metals, (basis one futures contract, for which a one-point move in Gold is +/- $100 and that for Silver is +/- $5,000 … “past performance not guaranteeing ‘futures’ results, right mmb?”  Never, Squire:

Still, from the “Means Reversion Dept.”, Gold (4369) by the opening Scoreboard is +12% above Fair Value (3896), vis-à-vis the regression of Gold’s price to the U.S. “M2” Money Supply, duly incorporating the increase in the yellow metal’s tonnage, (which for those of your scoring at home is today some 218k tonnes, having doubled since April 1986).

Too, by our measure of BEGOS Markets Value, per the pricing of the yellow metal by its movement relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets (Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil and S&P 500), at 4369 ’tis +247 points (+6%) “high” above its smooth valuation line (4122) as below depicted:

As for Sister Silver (herself not a primary BEGOS component for a Market Value calculation), she nonetheless today at 67.40 is +20% above her Fair Value of 56.13.  So as merry as are our metals, corrections will occur; do try not to get carried away.

For as we next turn to the metals’ Market Trends for the last three-months to date featuring Gold on the left and Silver at center, we’ve also included Copper on the right.  As you well know, Cousin Copper does influence Sister Silver such that she’ll on occasion shed her precious metal pinstripes for her industrial metal jacket.  And by Copper’s baby blue dots of regression trend consistency, note the word “SELL” pointing at the rightmost “Baby Blue” having just slipped below its key +80% axis.  How has such Copper “SELL” previously affected Silver?  From a year ago-to-date there’ve been four like Copper “SELL” signals, then finding Silver within the ensuing 21 trading days (one month) respectively dropping by as much as:  -21.3%, -5.5%, -0.4% (“whew”), and -14.8%.  Just something of which to be aware.  Here’s the graphic, (minding, too, the “Baby Blues” of the precious two):

‘Course, the mainstay graphic of The Gold Update is price’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from one year ago-to-date.  And as we rhymingly reprise, the picture looks great!  The fresh parabolic Long trend is now two weeks in duration with a net price gain of +3.3%.  As for old lurking Ebenezer, we told him away back in 1843 when priced at $20.67/oz. that “Shorting Gold is a bad idea”, (it having since risen 21,037%):

Next to our 10-day Market Profiles for Gold (below left) and for Silver (below right).  With such an array of underlying support levels, ’tis truly a Santa Bananarama, which is “Really Saying Something … bop-bop shoobie do-wah” –[’82]:

Toward the week’s wrap we’ve the economy (or lack thereof) on tap.  Per the next graphic, there still in arrears are 40 “shutdown” metrics which haven’t arrived, (of which some shan’t ever do).  And whilst November’s inflation at the retail level (Consumer Price Index) was again recorded at a +0.2% monthly clip, the Philly Fed Index took a hit in recording its fifth negative month in the last seven.  Moreover, the Baro has been beleaguered throughout December per those metrics made available:

Yet despite the Baro’s woes, the S&P 500 still seeks a Santa Claus rally, the Mighty Index now down just -14 points from November’s settle.  We’ve recently pointed out that for the 24 completed Decembers thus far this century, 16 have been up, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there means eight have been down).

Regardless, the FinMedia is “freaking out” (technical term).  This past week brought two items of note from the children’s writing pool at the once highly-respected Barron’s.  To wit:

—> (Tuesday) “Stock Markets Are Suffering Amid Bubble Fears” … “Suffering”?  The S&P settled Tuesday a scant -1.5% below its all-time closing high.  Now ’tis but -1.0%.  But wait, it gets funnier:

—> (Friday)  “The Stock Market Has a 10% Chance of a 30% Crash in 2026” … Since when did a 30% correction be deemed a “Crash”?  More accurately, we’d opine — by employing the lost art of proper portfolio theory in concert with the S&P’s “live” price/earnings ratio of now 55.8x — that “The Stock Market Has a 100% Chance of a 50% Crash in 2026” … (write it down).

Rightly or wrongly either way, here’s the Gold Stack for Santa’s sleigh sack:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):
Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  4410 (18 December 2025)
2025’s High:  4410 (18 December 2025)
10-Session directional range:  up to 4410 (from 4199) = +211 points or +5.0%
Trading Resistance:  Per the Profile 4410
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  4374 (20 October 2025)
Gold Currently:  4369, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  66 points)
Trading Support:  Profile notables  4369 / 4359 / 4336 / 4304 / 4263 / 4236
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4313
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  4014
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3896
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3295 and rising
2025’s Low:  2625 (06 January)
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

Et voilà:

A Most Merry Metals’ Christmas to Everyone Everywhere!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 839 – (13 December 2025) – “Gold Beams Back To Long; Silver Screams So Strong!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 839th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 13 December 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Beams Back To Long; Silver Screams So Strong!“

We are “pleased as punch” –[Hubert H. Humphrey, circa ’60s] to proclaim that Gold just completed yet another “failed” weekly parabolic Short trend of but three weeks, settling higher yesterday (Friday) at an All-Time Weekly Closing High of 4330.  We’ll further expound upon that, but first:

Direct from our “‘Don’t Forget the Silver!’ Dept.” — the white metal soaring well-above 60 this past week (as posted Tuesday on “X” via @deMeadvillePro)  — we present the following table, remindful of that herein stated ad nauseam throughout this year, (indeed across recent years prior):

Indeed, Sweet Sister Silver, few took notice of you until just recent weeks.  And yet, what an incredible year you’ve had!  Like Gold, your settle yesterday at 62.09 is an All-Time Weekly Closing High, which per the above table places you +112% year-to-date, let alone your having also en route achieved an All-Time Intraday High to 65.09, at which price you momentarily were +122% in 2025.

Moreover:  as herein a week ago graphically portrayed would be inevitable, the Gold/Silver ratio fully reverted to its evolving mean (69.4x century-to-date), penetrating it to 66.7x during Thursday; (it settled the week at 69.7x).

And for the “johnny-come-lately” FinMedia came the usual “having just figured it out” hype.  “Oh Silver is going to 100!” they say; “Oh Silver is gonna hit 200!!” they say; “Oh Silver will get to 300!!!” they say.  (Yes, we’ve seen all three prognosticative “reports”).

But we “say” let’s instead do the math, ok?  For what reasonably is Silver’s Fair Value today?

Again, ’tis a simple calculation as we’ve previously presented.  Per the opening Gold Scoreboard, the Fair Value for the yellow metal is presently 3893.  Divide that by the mean of the Gold/Silver ratio (69.4x) et voilà the Fair Value of the white metal is now 56.08.  Thus currently priced at 62.09, we may “say” that Silver is +11% overvalued.  Too, by her “textbook technicals” (our cocktail of Relative Strength, Stochastics and John Bollinger’s Bands), Silver is now 22 consecutive trading days “overbought”; (by comparison, Gold and Copper both are 11 days “overbought”) … all that just in case you’re scoring at home.

But:  at least Silver finally has achieved an area of rational market valuation.  “Brava Brava, Sista Silva!!”

As for good old precious Gold, on its way to making this fresh All-Time Weekly Closing High, the weekly parabolic Short trend again met a “short-lived” end.  Since February 2024, there have been five such parabolic Short trends of 3, 3, 10, 10 & 3 weeks; but those Long have been 17, 16, 17, 16 & 17 weeks.  Indeed, the similarity of the Long trends’ durations is striking: “Uh oh, it’s magic” –[The Cars, ’84].  And now a new one has begun, (technically come Monday’s open),

However, ’tis actually not magic; rather ’tis math that makes the next graphic’s newly-encircled blue dot appear.  And today priced at 4330, Gold in 2025 is +64%, with the All-Time Intraday High from 20 October still in place at 4398.  As for the just “failed” Short trend of only three red-dotted weeks, it opened on Monday 24 November at 4069 and was snuffed out yesterday at 4330.  (Reminder:  “Shorting Gold is a bad idea”).  Rather, we’re “pleased as punch” indeed, HHH:

“But ‘HHH’ was more pro-fiat than precious metals, mmb…”

Hardly a Gold bug he was, Squire, and whilst in his second stint as Senator, did not criticize oppositional Nixon’s nixing of the Gold Standard (15 August ’71).  However, post-mortem, HHH was presented a Congressional Gold Medal.

Meanwhile, as to the mortality of the Economic Barometer, one must consider the “s“-word:  “stagflation“.  For an “unintended inference” was right in the opening paragraph from last Wednesday’s Federal Open Market Committee’s Policy Statement:

  • “Inflation has moved up since earlier in the year and remains somewhat elevated.”

So clearly pre-vote, the FOMC had reviewed our September Inflation Summary Table from last week’s missive in which nearly every datapoint was “above target”.  However, the Committee instead gave deference to the slowing (and by ADP’s data “shrinking”) stance of the job market.  Nine of the voters favoured the FedFunds -0.25% rate cut to the now 3.50%-3.75% target range; one even voted for -0.50%.

But a tip of the cap to both Kansas City FedPrez Jeffrey Schmid and Chicago FedPrez Austan “The Gools” Goolsbee by more intelligently voting for no change.  For the reason to actually raise (stubborn inflation) + the reason to cut (accretive unemployment) ought = no change.  ‘Course combined, they’ll lead to stagflation.  ‘Tis a very tricky time for the Fed.  And with all due respect to Chairman Powell, given his term ends come May, perhaps ’tis best to let the next Federal Reserve leader worry about it all.

So as we turn to the Econ Baro (with 43 “shutdown” metrics still missing), ’tis taken a bit of a dip:

Speaking of dips, how did that of yesterday in the S&P 500 work out for ya?  The 60-minute period from 15:00-16:00 GMT sported the seventh-worst single hour drop by points (-62) since mid-year.  One can feel the fragility of the S&P making itself more manifest with each notably negative news event.  And as we oft update, the dividend yield for the all-to-risk S&P today (1.146%) is less than one-third that of the annualized three-month U.S. risk-free (in theory) Treasury Bill (3.525%).  Further, the “live” price/earnings ratio of the S&P settled the week at 56.0x.  Still, the good news is that as this Investing Age of Stoopid sallies forth, neither yield nor earnings have relevance, (nor does your portfolio theory education).

‘Course, just as Gold had relevance for the Egyptians ’round 3000 BC, so does it today.  And as we go to the yellow metal’s two-panel graphic featuring the daily bars from three months-ago-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right, ’tis quite the healthy picture.  The baby blue dots of regression trend consistency after a wee stumble are renewing their upside push, whilst the Profile shows heavily-dominant volume support at the labeled 4237 apex:

Too for the white metal, her resemblance to Gold is sufficiently positive, with both the rising “Baby Blues” (below left), and Profile (below right) sporting support at 58.85:

Thus year-to-date for the precious metals ’tis been great, albeit arguably quite extended given both Gold and Silver presently +11% above Fair Value.  In fact by rounding out the Metals Triumvirate, Copper also is having a fine year +33%, its sixth-best this century.  That, too, has brought some bounce to Sister Silver from her industrial metal aspect, although we can also credit Copper as being money, certainly so from the Bronze Age (2000 BC).

Regardless, per our title, Gold has beamed back to Long with Silver screaming so strong!  Which reminds us that upon blending in your Osterizer precious Gold with industrial Copper and pressing “puree”, you of course get Silver!  (Metallurgists, please hold your email):

Either way, collect all three today!!!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 838 – (06 December 2025) – “Gold Sinks Slightly as Silver Skirts Sixty”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 838th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 06 December 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Sinks Slightly as Silver Skirts Sixty“

So let’s begin with the Gold/Silver ratio, by which these last several years we’ve gone on time-and-again as to the white metal being “the better buy” over the yellow metal.  Thus straight away from the “Everything Reverts to the Mean Dept.”, we’ve our century-to-date run of that ratio replete with its evolving mean.  And given yesterday’s (Friday’s) respective settles for Gold (4228) and Silver (58.80), their ratio today is down to 71.9x, its lowest level (prior to this past week) since 05 August 2021 and its closest approach to the mean (currently 69.4x) since 12 July 2021 (the mean then 66.3x).  Here’s the current ratio per the red arrow:

Indeed “the better buy” has been Sweet Sister Silver, coming yesterday within a hair’s breadth of touching the 60.00 milestone.  From 2024’s settle at 29.29 to yesterday’s all-time high of 59.90 saw her up +104.5% year-to-date, whereas Gold at best (4398) has achieved “only” a +66.6% gain, (oh darn).

Yet we query:  what is Silver really worth?

Because we have a Fair Value for Gold and a mean for the Gold/Silver ratio, the arithmetic (a lost science in finance today) otherwise can be performed for those of you scoring at home.  From the opening Scoreboard we have Gold’s Fair Value (“GFV”) now 3890.  The noted Gold/Silver ratio mean (“GSM”) is now 69.4x.  Therefore (at the risk of you WestPalmBeachers glazing over down there), we can solve for Silver’s Fair Value (“SFV”):

  • GFV ÷ GSM = SFV … ► … 3890 ÷ 69.4 = 56.05

Fairly riveting stuff, what?

“That’s cute, mmb, but what does it really mean?”

Two answers, Squire:

  • By anchoring Silver to Gold’s Fair Value with the ratio’s mean, Silver today at 58.80 is overvalued by +4.9% (“ought be” 56.05);

  • However, priced purely to today’s actual Gold price (4228) and the ratio’s mean, Silver in fact remains undervalued by -3.5% (“ought be” 60.91).

Thus buying parties of the second persuasion might take the other side of the trade from those of the first persuasion who are selling, in turn driving Silver above the 60.00 milestone.  Else solely by these measures — and barring Gold getting a substantive launch from here — Silver’s amazing run (for now) may be done.

Too, like Gold, Silver is money (just ask your Anatolian ancestors), albeit as we oft caution, she is at times substantively influenced by Cousin Copper, to the extent that he can subversively seduce her.  ‘Tis always an annoying affair.

All that stated, Gold’s ongoing Short stint nonetheless has (so far) been bullish.  Having “officially” commenced back per the open on Monday, 24 November at 4069, Gold has only declined by as much as -33 points (to 4036) and instead has risen by as much as +230 points (to 4299).  As we’ve depicted in recent missives, such weekly parabolic Short trends for some two years have been Gold buying opportunities rather than exit signals.  And thus to the weekly bars and Parabolic trends from a year ago-to-date we go, featuring the rightmost red-dotted Short “Up” stint:

‘Course, “Short” could kick in to the downside, especially should next Wednesday’s Policy Statement from the Federal Open Market Committee maintain the Funds Rate in the 3.75%-to-4.00% target range.

“Well ya know they’re gonna cut, eh mmb?”

Squire just saw the piece from the ever-venerable Reuters:  “Economists double down on December Fed cut despite policymaker divide.”  Notably weakening jobs data, (regardless of never-to-be-resolved “shutdown” reporting gaps) favours a rate reduction.  However:  inflation favours a rate rise given price increases remaining above the Fed’s 2% target range as we next see in September’s at long-last completed puke-green summary:

Thus the “…policymaker divide” — i.e. a few of the FOMC voters may recommend no rate move — can be supported by inflation offsetting jobs creation (or lack thereof).  And have we this year on occasion mentioned the “s” word “stagflation“?  Oh yes.

Specific to the Economic Barometer which — “with government out of the way” — had been on the move up, this past seek decidedly recorded a move down.  14 metrics — in arrears or otherwise — found their way into the Baro this past week, of which just four improved period-over-period, the big stinker (favouring a Fed cut) being ADP’s Employment reading for November that showed job shrinkage for the fourth month in the last six.  Here’s the graphic, still with 49 metrics missing:

And yes, Virginia, in that display the price/earnings ratio of the S&P 500 truly is now an “off the edge of the bell curve” 58.0x, the mighty Index having settled yesterday at 6870, a mere -50 points below its all-time intraday high of 6920 (29 October).  ‘Tis too bad earnings are not sufficient enough to keep pace with price, (let alone an “M2” money supply of $22.4T that is vastly unsupportive of the S&P’s $60.8T market capitalization).  Reprise:  “When the levee breaks…” –[McCoy/Minnie ’29; Led  Zeppelin ’71].

However, hovering of late as if a zeppelin unto itself has been Gold.  But as we turn to the two-panel display of Gold’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right, one senses some descent.  Note therein the “Baby Blues” of regression trend consistency having ticked lower for the past two days.  Too, price has slipped below its most volume-dominant Profile support level of 4237.  Not that this absolutely turns the tide, but it does remind us that hardly do markets move in a straight line:

Silver’s like picture appears a bit more healthy, albeit her just-recorded all-time high (below left) lacks confirmation from Gold.  And she’s presently-priced right ’round that Profile apex of 58.85 (below right), with nearby underlying support as labeled at 58.00 and 57.40:

To wrap, per our title, Gold sank slightly (-0.7% net for the week) as Silver skirted sixty (+3.0% net for the week).  And now Sister Silver sits at 58.80, a mere 1.20 points from 60.00, with an expected daily trading range of now 2.24 points.  By such yardstick, Silver can grab 60.00 come Monday.  But then there’s Wednesday and the aforementioned FOMC Policy Statement on the Funds Rate.  A cut almost surely shall see Silver eclipse 60.00.  But what if the Committee instead abstains?

To wit:  as longtime readers of The Gold Update know, our microphones are just about everywhere, including last week at the Eccles Building in D.C. wherein a small contingent of Silver traders came down on the bus from the COMEX in N.Y. to plead Powell for another rate cut.  Squire even arranged for an inconspicuous MINOX camera to capture the moment:



But should such plea fail a cut by which to abide — and prices thus decide to slide — keep Gold and Silver for the ride!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 837 – (29 November 2025) – “Gold’s New Short Trend Shoved Aside; Silver’s Rise to All-Time Highs”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 837th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 29 November 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s New Short Trend Shoved Aside; Silver’s Rise to All-Time Highs“

Remember these two lines from last week?

  • “…across the past two years, weekly parabolic Short trends for Gold have been great news!”
  • “…across the past two years, the parabolic Short trends have been buying opportunities for Gold…” 

Ya gotta luv it:  Friday a week back, Gold confirmed the commencement of a new weekly parabolic Short trend.  But from this past Monday’s opening print at 4069 (basis December), Gold (after a wee-hours dip to 4036) strapped on the rocket-pack to conclude the week at 4224.  And as contract volume en route rolled from December into that for February, add in another +32 points of fresh premium and Gold settled the week yesterday (Friday) at 4256.  ‘Tis a beautiful thAng.

To employ a little liberalized latin lingo:  for the “glass half-empty” sagaciti, Gold now priced at 4256 resides +9.5% (+368 points) above the opening Scoreboard’s Fair Value of 3888.  However, the “glass half-full” cognoscenti see Gold as just -3.2% (-142 points) below its 4398 All-Time High.  So given Gold’s “expected weekly trading range” is now 183 points, (the “daily” per the website being 85 points), next week is within range for Gold to score a further All-Time High.

Which is the perfect segue into Sister Silver.  What a week — indeed a year — for the white metal!  Yesterday, whilst those of you StateSide were lazing about with stomachs a-full, Silver blew the doors off her previous All-Time High of 54.42 (basis December on 13 November) by skyrocketing to 57.25 (basis March).  You WestPalmBeachers down there did not forget the Silver, right? … (in having been herein reminded ad nauseam for some four years to not so do).  To be sure, Gold’s premium-inclusive net gain for the past week was +4.8% … yet that for Silver was +15.0%!  Her powerful performance in turn dropped the Gold/Silver ratio from 81.8x of just a week ago to now 74.6x, the lowest reading since 29 May 2024.  And through the 11 months year-to-date?  Fasten your racing harness:

That’s right, folks:  Silver through November is +94.9%!  Extrapolate her year-to-date pace through the final 22 trading days which remain in 2025, and year-end puts her at 59.74, +104.0%!  From Silver’s Friday settle at 57.09, that 59.74 level is a “mere” +2.65 points away.  “Doable”, you ask?  Absolutely, given Silver’s expected monthly trading range is currently 5.35 points.  Moreover, per the aforementioned Gold/Silver ratio now at 74.6x, were Silver priced today to that ratio’s century-to-date average of 69.4x, she’d already be +7.4% higher from here at 61.32 … just in case you’re scoring at home in anticipation of means reversion.

Either way, as a celebratory addition for Stellar Sister Silver, we’ve paired her weekly bars and parabolic trends with those of Gold from a year ago-to-date.  And like those of the yellow metal, the white metal’s red-dotted Short trends on balance are not that damaging, indeed having been BuySide optimistic such as to have brought on her latest blue-dotted parabolic Long trend:

Again it being month-end, let’s next go to the year-over-year performance tracks of Gold and key of its equities brethern.  Looking top-down, we’ve the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +124%, the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +122%, Newmont (NEM) +114%, Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +113%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +111%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +74%,  and least-leveraged Gold itself nonetheless +62%.  Equities leverage of two-to-one also is a beautiful thAng.  Especially note PAAS during just November:

Life at the top is the current state of the precious metals.  Here we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  The respective single white bars are Friday’s settles.  Not bad, eh?

“The High Life” indeed.  Let’s next go ’round the horn for all eight of our BEGOS Markets across the last 21 trading days (one month), featuring the respective grey linear regression trendlines and baby blue dots that depict the day-to-date consistency of each trend.  The precious metals’ panels are framed in vivid violet, just for emphasis.  And how ’bout dat Copper!

 

“So can we play your tune, mmb?”  Spin it, Squire:

“Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes”

(Squire has this closet DJ thing going on of late).  

Now to peek at the Economic Barometer and accompanying S&P 500 (red line).  And you know the old expression that when government is out of the way, (i.e. “gridlock is good”), the economy is less suffocated.  However:  even though nearly three weeks have passed since the StateSide “shutdown” was resolved, there actually is an increase in missing metrics as bureaus are strained to “catch-up”.  In fact, since 01 October, there’ve been 98 scheduled Econ Baro metrics, of which half (49) are now missing; a week ago ’twas 46.  All that said, such absence of data has evolved into a rising Baro such that we penned in yesterday’s Prescient Commentary “…the Econ Baro has returned to its highest level since last February, which if detected by the FOMC may see rates held steady rather than cut come the 10 December Policy Statement….”:

Sadly of course per the graphic, earnings remain unsupportive of the S&P’s catastrophically high price level.  (But then again, that’s archaic old-school piffle; today nobody cares).

Toward this week’s wrap we’ve the Gold Structure by the month across the past 16 years.  Concern over the last month’s “failed” October candle was short-lived, albeit let us be cognizant that we’ve only just begun a weekly parabolic Short trend, (which with bullish persistance, too, shall fail of its own accord).

“Here ya go mmb, Carpenters 1970…” “We’ve only just begun…” 

Indeed, “DJ” Squire.  Aren’t you instead supposed to be on avalanche control this time of year?

“Yeah mmb, during next month up in the Haute-Tarentaise.”

You might mind the S&P as well, Squire, as when it goes over the cliff, ’tis gonna be scary!  Meanwhile, here’s the happy Gold Structure:

We wrap with a deserving spotlight on Sister Silver.  Yesterday whilst deep within the bowels of our highly-securitized, electrified/sarinized-guarded metals’ facility, we came across this rather severely-tarnished, 105-year-old 1923 U.S. Silver “Peace” Dollar.  Curious to solely its silver content value, we did the math, marked to the current Silver price of $57.09.  It’s 90% pure Silver content amounts to .7734 troy ounces:  thus such One Dollar coin is today worth $44.15 (plus a collectible premium).  That’s a whole lotta currency debasement … “Got Silver?”

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 836 – (22 November 2025) – “Gold’s Key Weekly Trend Flips Short”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 836th & 16th Anniversary Edition — Monte-Carlo — 22 November 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold’s Key Weekly Trend Flips Short“

Welcome to the 16th Anniversary Edition of The Gold Update. What began 835 Saturdays ago on 21 November 2009 as a single paragraph and chart for one JGS has since evolved (in our proud opinion) to the finest weekly writing in the known universe as regards the current stance of the price of Gold.  And our humble thanks to those of you who have expressed words to that effect over these many years.  On with the show.

As anticipated in recent missives, Gold’s weekly parabolic trend — after an amazing 17-week run on the Long side — yesterday (Friday) confirmed the awaited flip to Short.  For those of you scoring at home, the flip provisionally arrived this past Tuesday at 04:20 GMT per our post on “X” (@deMeadvillePro), Gold having penetrated below the protective parabolic price of 4004.  Gold then moved on to settle its fourth down week in the past five at 4063, which by the above Scoreboard is nonetheless still +169 points (+4.3%) over Fair Value (3894).   So some additional pullback wouldn’t be untoward.

Yet across the past two years, weekly parabolic Short trends for Gold have been great news!

“Because in each one of those, price hasn’t really gone down a lot, right mmb?”

Conclusively correct, Squire.  But before providing that proof, let’s first below go to Gold by the week from a year ago-to-date, wherein encircled above the rightmost bar we now have the first red dot heralding the commencement of this new Short trend; too, we’ve drawn a structural support line at 3534:

Regardless:  if this fresh Short trend is anything similar to the past four Short trends during the last two years, Gold may hardly fall at all!  Let’s go inside the numbers.

The following table depicts each weekly parabolic trend (alternating Long…Short…Long…et cetera) for said two years.  Note the “Duration” column:  the five Long trends have each lasted 16-17 weeks (how consistent is that!) whereas the four Short trends have paled in length.  Moreover:  look at the fabulous maximum gains of the Longs vs. comparatively “zilch” (technical term) for the Shorts.  However, should such ShortSide adversity continue, does Gold reach down to that 3534 support level?  By these mathematical parameters, no:

As for the most recent (now complete) Long trend, that maximum gain of $107k (were you impossibly prescient to have exited at the high) is not a typo.  To trade one Gold contract requires initial margin of $17k to control 100 ounces.  Per the opening price (as shown) of 3321 up to the All-Time High at 4398 = +1,077 points x $100/point = $107k for a +629% leveraged account gain in just 60 trading days (from 28 July to 20 October).  Unleveraged, even just a single one-ounce Gold coin gained +32%.  As for the herd’s “Nuthin’ but Nvidia!” (NVDA) across that same stint?  +6.4%.  Which one did you have?

All that said, Gold can of course have a far more negative Short trend than has been the case these last two years.  Not that you wish to be reminded, but from 05 November 2012 to 03 June 2013 Gold went on a 31-week parabolic Short trend within which price plummeted -21%; a repeat of that from here (4063) would place Gold back in the low 3200s.  But as firmly flies Gold’s fundamental flag, let’s even see if support at 3534 actually gets tested.  For across the past two years, the parabolic Short trends have been buying opportunities for Gold rather than price plunges.

And an initial price for which to watch is a retest of 3901, which is the intra-day low of 28 October, following Gold having made that recent All-Time High at 4398 back on 20 October.

Such negative notions notwithstanding, you know the rule:  “Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes.”  And thus contrary to Gold’s new parabolic Short trend, we next view the following two-panel graphic of the yellow metal’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right.  Clearly therein, the “Baby Blues” of regression trend consistency are rising … but such rise may be short-lived (pun intended) unless Monday is a substantive up day.  As for the Profile, price at present is churning about in the 4089-4061 volume-dominant congestion zone:

Further, with the same graphical layout for Silver, her “Baby Blues” (below left) already have just kinked a notch lower (albeit barely so per the rightmost blue dot).  And by the white metal’s Profile (below right), 50.75 is the most volume-dominant overhead resistor, price having settled the week at 49.66.  But as Gold has come off from the prior week, more so has Silver:  just back on 12 November, the Gold/Silver ratio was 78.9x, its lowest reading in better than a year.  But through these last seven trading days wherein Gold has dropped -3.3%, Silver has fallen -6.7%, the ratio thus having increased to now 81.8x.  Poor ol’ Sister Silver!  ‘Course year-to-date, she’s up “only” +69.5%!

Turning to the economy and stock market, as stated on the next graphic we’ve still 46 missing Economic Barometer metrics — some of which according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics shan’t ever be calculated — due to the recent StateSide government “shutdown”.  Still, last Thursday came a “data dump” for seven weeks of back-dated Initial Jobless Claims.  And all told for last week, 21 metrics hit the Baro of which 13 improved period-over-period:  thus we’ve the up lurch in its blue line, even as the S&P 500 came further unglued.  At least we can look forward to the Santa Claus Rally, right?

“Uh, those don’t always happen, mmb…”

Squire (as usual) has the facts at his fingertips:  for the S&P’s 24 Decembers century-to-date, eight (33%) have been net negative.  Sorry, Santa, should it not ensue.  Meanwhile, here’s the Baro to view:

Too, this past week brought the conclusion of Q3 Earnings Season:  for the S&P’s 503 constituents, 448 reported in the seasonal timeframe, of which an admirable 71% improved their bottom lines over Q3 a year ago; we say “admirable” as the average such improvement for the last eight years is 66%.  However:  it remains problematic that the overall level of earnings is still way too low to maintain the stratospheric valuation of the S&P, the honestly-calculated “live” price/earnings ratio now 51.5x, and the Index all but yield-less (1.202%).

As for Gold, we’ll watch how the new Short trend unfolds.  If such history from the past two years holds, for buyers ’tis a time to be bold!  Nonetheless, in any event, hang on to your Gold!

Oh Squire, you shouldn’t have… Rather, go fetch the rain-chilled Taittinger!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 835 – (15 November 2025) – “Gold Flies, Silver Highs … Both Into End-of-Week Demise”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 835th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 15 November 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Flies, Silver Highs … Both Into End-of-Week Demise“

Recall from last week’s piece our notion of the prices for both Gold and Silver “basing” rather then succumbing to indications of further downside?

“Right, mmb, ’cause your ‘Baby Blues’ of trend consistency were still dropping, but prices were holding…”

Spot-on as ever you are, Squire.  And following such “basing”, this past week saw the precious metals soar to the sky, notably so Silver which on Thursday recorded another All-Time High at 54.42 … only to then fall on Friday from the blue.  To be sure, come that record high, Silver was up as much as +12.8% in just four trading days, then settling yesterday (Friday) at 50.40 with still a welcome +4.5% gain for the week.  Gold also come Thursday saw its price fly, reaching as high as 4250 (+6.0% then week-to-date) only to also suffer demise with a comparatively weaker weekly gain of +1.9% in closing at 4084.

Specific to Gold, its recent weekly losing streak was held to three.  However, this past up week has left little room for the parabolic Long trend to continue, (barring price shooting higher come Monday).  Gold’s expected daily trading range is now 103 points and the weekly 178 points.  But as we turn to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, from the current 4084 price to the “flip-to-Short” level at 4004 is just -80 points from here, and thus is well within reach of a single day’s trading session.  Too, during Friday’s demise, Gold high-to-low fell -183 points (-4.3%), i.e. its present trading momentum is negative:

As well, this is a fine opportunity to share from the website the Market Magnets for Gold below on the left with Silver on the right.  Derived from the Market Profiles, a Market Magnet is essentially the volume-weighted consensus price across the past fortnight.  We refer to it as a “Magnet” as ’tis difficult for price to stray too far away before snapping back to the Magnet, (which itself, of course, doesn’t stay static).  Both panels show the last three months-to-date, price being the thin line and the Magnet — as labeled at right — the thick line.  The oscillator at the foot of each panel is the difference of price less Magnet.  And when price penetrates the Magnet, ’tis the near-term direction in which to trade, (although as we regularly caution:  “Shorting Gold is a bad idea.”)  That nonetheless stated,  both metals now look poised to pierce their respective Magnets to the downside:

In staying with the three months-to-date theme, here next we’ve the daily bars and (as Squire referenced) “Baby Blues”, the dots which depict the consistency of trend.  Below for both Gold at left and Silver at right  we’ve encircled the aforementioned “basing” period prior to last week’s rallies.  And for both metals, such price climbs have been sufficient to reverse the “Baby Blues” from their respective declines.  That however noted, the rightmost bar in each case shows the bulk of Friday’s gains having evaporated:

In turn, such price pullback is well-reflected in the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold (below left) and Silver (below right).  The single white bars (present prices) in each panel are currently at the midpoints of these last two weeks, with a bevy of labeled support and resistance levels all ’round:

Still, what need be rounded up is all the missing data for the Economic Barometer.  Through the concluded (for now) StateSide government “shutdown” — plus these initial days beyond — 54 of 75 incoming Econ Baro metrics have gone unreported, if even calculated.  (Wednesday’s White House expectedly-biased presser included:  “…The Democrats may have permanently damaged the federal statistical system, with October CPI and jobs reports likely never being released, and all of that economic data released will be permanently impaired, leaving our policymakers at the Fed flying blind at a critical period…”)

Politics aside, the Federal Open Market Committee’s next meeting (09-10 December) shall have a dearth of data with which not to deal, in turn affecting in the Policy Statement their otherwise boilerplate phrase “…the Committee will continue to monitor the implications of incoming information for the economic outlook…”  ‘Course, a good three weeks of data comes due between now and then … to the extent it can be pieced together as the government reporting bureaus come back on line.

As for the 21 metrics privately reported during the “shutdown”, period-over-period saw nine improve and 12 worsen; (we’ll do our part to try to fax that fact over to the FOMC).  Either way at the end of it all, here’s the Baro on balance still standing tall, but sans so many metrics that it could well fall:

And per the above graphic, is the S&P 500 (“live” price/earnings ratio 54.4x) wisely waving the white flag?  Our preference is instead the Gold flag as we go to the Stack:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):
Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  4392 (20 October 2025)
2025’s High:  4392 (20 October 2025)
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  4374 (20 October 2025)
10-Session directional range:  up to 4248 (from 3938) = +310 points or +7.9%
Trading Resistance:  Profile notables 4087 / 4119 / 4137 / 4206 / 4238
Gold Currently:  4084, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  103 points)
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  4079
Trading Support:  Profile notables  4052 / 4015 / 3994 / 3979 / 3961 / 3948
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  4004
Gold’s Fair Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3890
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3168 and rising
2025’s Low:  2625 (06 January)
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

Let’s wind it up here with a brief revisit of Nvidia about which we mused in last 12 July’s missive.  At today’s writing, NVDA again is at the top of the S&P pops, sporting a spritely market capitalization of $4.6T, which would make it the fourth-largest nation by nominal Gross Domestic Product in the world!  However, (for those of you scoring at home), that compares to its present balance sheet net worth of “only” $100B.

Now:  imagine you are buying in the States a new house, the median value for which in August was $413,500.  Query:  would you instead pay $19,108,377 for that house?  Obviously no.  Yet if NVDA today was that house, that’s how much you’d pay for it, (were you a wealthy, albeit daft, WestPalmBeacher down there).

“But, mmb, the price of NVDA is discounting its future earnings.”

Squire, a word to the wise is sufficient:  the future is now.

Indeed as to “The Now”, in ranking the market caps of both the yellow metal and NVDA amongst the largest nominal GDP countries in the world, near-term demise or otherwise, proudly we say for Gold Nation:  “We’re Number One!”

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 834 – (08 November 2025) – “Gold (Yes Really) Records a Third Consecutive Down Week”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 834th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 08 November 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold (Yes Really) Records a Third Consecutive Down Week“

Four weeks ago for the first time ever, Gold settled above 4000, indeed at 4036 on Friday, 10 October.  A week hence, Gold bettered that level with a Friday settle at 4268 on 17 October.  And whilst Gold’s three successive Friday settles all have still topped the 4000 milestone, each in turn has been lower:  from then 4126 to 4013 and now to yesterday’s weekly close a tad lower still to 4008.

“So yeah, three down weeks in a row, mmb, but aren’t you being a bit picky?”

Squire, partially picky perhaps, yet with this pointed reprise from last week’s piece:  “…the last time Gold posted … three consecutive down weeks was … one year ago (those in 2024 ending 01 November through 15 November)…”  Now a year later in 2025, Gold has again recorded three consecutive down weeks ending 24 October through 07 November.  How’s that for seasonality(!)  And thus from price’s All-Time High recorded just 15 trading days ago on 20 October at 4398, the yellow metal presently is off -8.9% … which is “noise” considering year-to-date Gold is up a net +51.9%, (and Silver the precious metals’ leader +64.6%).

Regardless, over these many years of The Gold Update (our 16th anniversary edition slated for 22 November), we’ve on occasion quoted — irrespective of price — the late great Richard Russell’s maxim that “There’s never a bad time to buy Gold“.  Such statement until very recently essentially has been a truism ever since Nixon nixed The Gold Standard back in ’71, (even in having to weather price’s  -45.7% decline from September 2011 into December 2015).  For throughout — until that landmark week ending just this past 03 October — the market price of Gold has mathematically been subordinate to its Fair Value.  But today, per the opening Scoreboard, Gold at 4008 is +120 points above its Fair Value  of 3888.

Thus, from the “Feet on the Ground Dept.” — with the highest respect to Mr. Russell’s maxim — we are reminded of that stated by The Gold Update’s initial charter reader (JGS, whom we paraphrase):  “The day to sell Gold is the day that everybody else wants it.”

And so it came to pass into this past summer’s end that Gold by the public eye metamorphosed from its discarded relic status into that of a meme stock, which in a mere 22 trading days (from 19 September into 20 October) soared +18.2% to the 4398 All-Time High, again in accordance with everyone having instantaneously become a Gold expert.  And to extrapolate that compounding daily rate (+0.815%) for one year “would” exponentially bring Gold by next 19 September to (hold your breath) 28,262 … just in case you’re scoring at home.

So with everybody suddenly jumping onto the Gold Wagon, did you accommodate them by, (as our good StateSide mate THR would state) “taking a few chippies off the table”?  Just don’t get carried away.

To be sure, across Gold’s recent three-week pullback of -8.9%, the past two weeks (albeit downers) are appearing more as a basing period, indeed with daily volatility slowing.  Per the website, here we’ve the “expected daily trading range” (EDTR) for both Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  For you WestPalmBeachers down there, this neither is price nor its actual daily range; rather from one year ago-to- date ’tis the trading range we “guesstimate” for each ensuing trading day.  And clearly by the rightmost declines, recent excitability over the precious metals is now coming off the boil:

Moreover, Gold’s trading range for the entirety of this past week was “only” 107 points (from 4043 down to 3936):  ’twas the narrowest weekly stint of the past six.  Thus as volatility is slowing, let’s go to Gold’s weekly bars and parabolic trends from one year ago-to-date.  And therein note with 16 weeks of the rightmost blue-dotted parabolic Long trend in place, the remaining wiggle room from here (4008) to the “flip-to-Short” price for this next week at 3936 is but 72 points, i.e. within one session’s EDTR.  So might we see a fourth consecutive down week for Gold?  Heaven forbid!  What might the mass of newly-minted Gold experts be thinking?

Irrespective of how “long” continues this parabolic Long trend, Gold’s “other” blue dots — indeed those “Baby Blues” that depict the consistency of trend — are in full plummet as next displayed at lower left for price’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date.  And you regular readers well know the tune: “Follow the Blues instead of the news, else lose yer shoes” –[mmb, circa 2000 A.D.]   But as leerily leading are the Blues, price again is basing more than further falling, having already come well off the 4398 All-Time High.  As well by the 10-day Market Profile at lower right, Gold looks nicely nested in that “fat” volume-dominant trading zone spanning as braced from 4022 down to 3990:

Similarly so, Sister Silver is cheering her apparent basing, even as her “Baby Blues”, too, further their fall (below left).  Unlike Gold however, the white metal’s Profile (below right) is indicative of price having not been as suppressed across the past fortnight.  To wit, the Gold/Silver ratio two weeks ago was 85.2x, whereas ’tis now 83.1x.  Regardless, given the century-to-date average ratio being 69.4x, Silver remains the more attractive metal:  priced to that average ratio today, Silver rather than at 48.23 would be nearly +20% higher at 57.76.  So hang on to sweet Sister Silver!

Let’s next go to what little we know of the Econ Baro.  As therein noted, from October-to-date we’ve 45 missing metrics; so who knows the real stance of the dark blue Economic Barometer line, the StateSide government “shutdown” still in full stride:

As for Q3 Earnings Season (with still two weeks to run), year-over-year results have increased at an above-average pace:  71% of the 428 reporting S&P 500 constituents have improved their respective bottom lines from Q3 a year ago; typically ’tis only around 66%.  That’s the Good News.

Now for the Bad News:  the median earnings per share gain (encompassing 420 constituents with positive earnings from both a year ago and now) is +9.4%; such improvement instead ought be ’round +100% just to get the price/earnings ratio back down to some reasonable valuation and the yield (1.172%) more competitive with three-month U.S. annualized dough (3.757%).  For as shown in the above graphic, such p/e is presently 55.9x, (the formula provided for proof). “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”) begs to differ with 29.3x; but as we’ve stated before, if actually fed that formula, “AI” replies ’tis incapable of obtaining the answer.

Thus be it the “Look Ma!  No Earnings!” crash or the “Look Ma!  No Money!” crash, we — as do many others with whom we communicate — await the inevitable S&P “Dash for Cash!” crash.  After all, given the S&P’s current market capitalization of $59.5T supported by a liquid money supply (“M2” basis) of “only” $22.4T, ’twill be a heckova train wreck … perhaps further derailed by Gold?

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 833 – (01 November 2025) – “Gold Furthers Fall as Called”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 833rd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 01 November 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Furthers Fall as Called“

Through the 44 trading weeks thus far for 2025, Gold therein has recorded a net weekly gain 31 times (70%).  Further, for the year’s 13 net losing weeks, never have there been three in-a-row.  However, for just the fifth time this year, Gold has again recorded back-to-back down weeks.  Shall that extend to three?  Let’s see.

Gold settled this past week yesterday (Friday) at 4013.  Albeit a down week, ’twas a fourth consecutive weekly close above the 4000 milestone level.  Yet en route, price furthered its fall to the first of three “fib-based” retracement levels herein called a week ago.  Indeed last Tuesday at 04:24 GMT, Gold traded down to the first level of 3985, continuing that day lower still to 3901, a “scant” 44 points above the second noted level of 3857, (the third being 3729).  We say “scant” given Gold’s “expected daily trading range” is now 128 points; at the turn of this century, it took nearly three years to initially move higher by that many points; now such range is “expected” in just one day.

“But for those two other levels, mmb, are you saying they can’t be reached ’cause price won’t go down for a third straight week?”

Dear Squire, price certainly can go on multi-week bearish runs.  Recall during 2016 for the seven weeks ending 11 November through 23 December, Gold recorded net losses for all of them, preceded by a similar seven-week down stint during summer of 2015.  Moreover, the last time Gold posted only three consecutive down weeks was almost exactly one year ago (those in 2024 ending 01 November through 15 November) … just in case you’re scoring at home.  And (pun intended), Gold weakly finished this past week — yes, able to regain 4000 — but ’twas the lowest weekly settle of the past four. 

In the midst of it all, Gold’s weekly parabolic Long trend — again by Tuesday’s 3901 low — was within a day’s range of flipping to Short.  And now for the ensuing week, 3901 becomes that flip-to-Short level as stated in our graphic of Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date:

“Unless Gold moves higher, right mmb?”

Squire, Gold’s near-term technicals — having been so thoroughly upside strong of late — are now showing signs they’re running out of puff.  To be sure, an intraweek drop from here at 4013 down to 3901 would be a skid of -112 points; however, Gold’s “expected weekly trading range” is now 172 points such that a third consecutive down week could well flip the trend to Short.  But again, year-to-date, Gold has yet to record three successive down weeks, (not that ’tis a trend upon which we’d depend…)

As well, Gold by its BEGOS Market Value (derived by Gold’s movement relative to all five primary BEGOS components, namely the Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil & S&P 500) is now only +93 points above its smooth valuation line.  Recall just two weeks ago Gold being better than +600 points above same and our cautioning that price inevitably reverts to the mean, (in this case the Market Value line which presently is 3920).  Notice the exquisite timing of means reversion being coincident with everyone recently having become a Gold expert.  Liquid markets are a beautiful thAng:

Truly beautiful, too, is the year’s ongoing leadership of our Metals Triumvirate in the BEGOS Market Standings, still pristinely led by Sweet Sister Silver.  With ten months now in the books, here’s how it all looks:

As to their travel from a month ago-to-date, here are those markets’ respective daily bars, grey regression trendlines, and beloved “Baby Blues”, the dots indicative of each trendline’s consistency.  Of import (if given little FinMedia notice):  the Dollar Index has risen five of the past seven weeks.  Thus we’ve the negative trendlines for both the Euro and Swiss Franc … and now for Sister Silver, too.  Note that Gold’s trendline has all but rotated to negative, the “Baby Blues” in full cascade.  Time to get a grip … else further dip!

Amplifying the precious metals having pulled back from the highs of two weeks ago are the associated equities.  Gold’s All-Time Closing High back on 20 October at 4374 has since fallen -8.3% to the current 4013 level.  However, every equity product in the following graphic has exceeded that pace of pullback, ranging from -9.0% to -14.7%.  As we on occasion quip:  “Live by the leverage, die by the leverage”.  Clearly, the amplitude of the chart’s Gold line is mild vis-à-vis those of the equities.  Regardless, year-over-over the overall performances remain remarkable.  Therein, Franco-Nevada (FNV) is +36%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +41%, Gold itself +43%, the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +59%, Newmont (NEM) +69%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +71%, and Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +81%:

Turning to the 10-day Market Profiles, both precious metals seemingly are positioned in and around their most volume-dominate prices of the past two weeks.  For the yellow metal on the left, the denoted 4123-4022 area appears pivotable, whilst for the white metal on the right ’tis her 48.60-47.75 zone:

‘Course it being month-end, we’ve next the Gold Structure graphic of price’s monthly bars from the year 2010-to-date.  The lower areas of the chart still display the many stratified price areas through which we arduously struggled with Gold until finally, just two years ago, “The Infamous Triple Top” was broken, Gold having then been off to the races ever since.  The third of those three tops was 2085 on 04 May 2023, from which to the present All-Time High of 4398 is a gain of +111% in just 2 1/2 years.  As doubtless (barring a deflationary depression) Gold never again shall trade sub-2000, we’re “considering” future versions of this graphic to not extend back past the year 2020.  Still, those older areas are an amazing reminder of what was endured and then how far we’ve come.  As for “The Now”, the rightmost red-braced “failure candle” (October) is exemplary of what happens when — again — suddenly everyone’s a Gold expert, (which for you WestPalmBeachers suggests “The top is in!” … but more broadly, we doubt it):

One can only wonder if StateSide “the top is in” for the economy as there is little data upon which to go.  On Wednesday, the Federal Open Market Committee voted (not unanimously) to lower its Bank’s Funds Rate -25bp to the 3.75%-4.00% target range, even as the Policy Statement opened with “Available indicators suggest that economic activity has been expanding at a moderate pace.”  Available, indeed:  given the “shutdown”, only 15 of the 49 metrics due for the Economic Barometer during October arrived.  And of those 15, just six improved period-over-period.  There’s your “moderate pace”, baby.  Too, there’s the S&P 500:  is “the top in” there?  Note our table in the Econ Baro of those constituents priced (given almost no earnings) beyond all sensibility.  Better queried:  “Have we crashed yet??”  Here’s the Baro:

To wrap this week, regular readers of The Gold Update know we (as just done) “rib” those “WestPalmBeachers down there”, the claim-to-fame of south Florida’s brightest bulbs being “Hanging Chad” back in 2000 during “W vs. Algore”.

Technically, Florida is one of 50 states comprising the federal union of the U.S.  Fundamentally however, Florida is more of a foreign country unto itself.  Its pencil-thin panhandle barely clings to the southernmost coastline of Alabama and Georgia.  The distance from Miami to Havana, Cuba is just 70% the distance to Jacksonville.   And ’tis written the State’s average elevation is 100 feet (30m).  Florida is FLAT, man.  (In ’64, we visited an auntie there, and given the lack of depth perception, once was enough).

But to the point (hat-tip A.C.):  assuming ratification by the state’s legislature, eight months from this day on 01 July 2026, Florida shall officially acknowledge both Gold and Silver as legal tender in coin form, and without sales tax on purchases thereof.  To quote Grace Slick with The Jefferson Airplane at Woodstock back in ’69:  “It’s the new dawn!”

So for Florida, with Gold and Silver, let fiat be gone!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 832 – (25 October 2025) – “Gold Meme’d Gets Bean’d!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 832nd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 25 October 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Meme’d Gets Bean’d!“

Gold — in having the prior week been “meme’d” — this past week got “bean’d”.  And anticipatedly so, for as you by now well know, Gold had gotten — and indeed still is  — “ahead of itself”, a phrase familiar to those readers of The Gold Update who’ve been with us when first coined it some 14 years ago.

On the heels of last week’s piece “Gold Goes Meme!” wherein price had traded to as high as 4392, this past week saw a scant six points of further upside on Monday to the now latest All-Time High of 4398 before getting “bean’d” and falling -377 points (-8.6%) to Wednesday’s low of 4021.  As noted Tuesday on “X” (@deMeadvillePro), Gold’s intra-day fall of a full -300 points was far and away its worst same-day points-loss in history.  Silver also that day suffered her historically seventh-worst intra-day points loss of -4.50.

It happens.  Certainly so when suddenly — to again reprise — “…everyone’s become a Gold expert…”  (Recall the urban legend of JFK’s pop “Jumpin’ Joe” knowing ’twas time to sell back in ’29 when the shoeshine boy began giving him stock tips).

“But you’re no Kennedy, mmb…”

Squire can’t resist the infamous, historical dig.  But Gold in recent weeks reached that silly state of investor euphoria:  “Well, the Big Banks are loadin’ up, ya know…”  Gold last crossed above our BEGOS Markets’ smooth valuation line back on 20 August (price then 3392).  Since just that date, the herd has taken Gold up to last Monday’s record high of 4398.  ‘Twas an increase for Gold of +1,006 points (+29.7%) in just 43 trading days!  (Imagine having been Long 100 Gold contracts [margin requirement $1,650,000] for a trading profit of $10,060,000 [+610% account gain] in only two months; pretty good juju, that!)

Nonetheless, as herein depicted three weeks ago, Gold en route has well surpassed its Fair Value (now 3875 per the opening Scoreboard).  Thus justifiably “ahead of itself” indeed is our Gold, settling out this most recent week yesterday (Friday) at 4127, which is +252 points above that Fair Value. Moreover, Gold is now +314 points above its smooth valuation line as we below see, wherein Gold’s movements are valued relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500).  Note therein Dow Jones Newswires’ Tuesday assessment of the (by then) -6.9% correction being a “crash”: 

“So, mmb, where does price go from here?”

Likely lower still for both precious metals, Squire, at least within the vacuum of our linear regression calculus.  A function of the night work is our internal table of BEGOS Markets’ “Baby Blues” signals which alert us to potential change in near-term trend as consistency thereto begins to break apart.  The table at left is per Wednesday’s close confirming a “SELL” for Silver.  This is because her “Baby Blues” in the one-month chart beneath the table fell below the key +80% axis per the red encircled dot.  Then come Friday at right so, too, was confirmed a “SELL” for Gold.  To be sure, both metals’ trends remain positive by their respective grey diagonal lines, but less steeply so.  And as the trading herd later begins to figure that out, we “ought” see still lower prices:

“But how about some actual numbers, mmb…”

Squire, let’s initially acknowledge per the above pair of charts that price for the present has ceased falling; rather, ’tis for the moment consolidating per the rightmost three bars for both metals.  But assuming the “Baby Blues” continue to descend, the recent price declines likely are not at an end.  Let’s first consider the aforeshown chart of Gold’s BEGOS Market Value.  Should Gold (4127) work lower as value (3813) works higher, a back-of-the-napkin jot finds the mid-point at 3970.  Such breaching below the 4000 milestone could then encourage buying. As for Silver (48.41) — whilst broadly she remains very attractively priced relative to Gold — the Gold/Silver ratio average across the past 21 trading days is 83.3x.  Thus priced to that average, Gold at 3970 would place Silver at 47.66.

So hardly any substantive downside damage there.  However, should the correction distance be further down, we came up with a few retracement levels, courtesy of our old mate Leonardo “Fibonacci” Bonacci basis Gold’s last consolidation area which spanned from April through August.  We’ve thus three paired Gold/Silver downside ideas:  3985/47.84 … 3857/46.30 … 3729/44.77 … just in case you’re scoring at home.

Rather, if Gold instead merely zooms higher from here, that’s fine.  Just be wary (again) “Gold has gotten ahead of itself”, each ounce willingly bought being an ounce willingly sold.

For 2025, 43 trading weeks are now complete.  Therein, Gold has compiled 31 up weeks (+2.2% average gain) and 12 down weeks (-1.9% average loss).  Indeed, 11 of the past 13 weeks have been up.  Year-to-date, Gold is now +56.4%, still bettered by Silver +65.3%.  And as we go to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, the aforementioned “consolidation area” appears relatively contained mid-chart by the red-dotted parabolic Short trend, during which stint price didn’t materially drop a wit.  As for the ongoing blue-dotted parabolic Long trend (now 14 weeks in duration), note the “flip-to-Short” (bad idea) level for the ensuing week is 3840, some -287 points south of here (4127).  So given Gold’s “expected weekly trading range” is now 165 points, a second consecutive down week ought not thwart the Long trend:

Now to the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  Not surprisingly, price is well-down in both cases, Gold notably just a few points above its most volume-dominant supporter of 4123.  As for Sister Silver, she looks safe down to her denoted 47.90 level … but should Gold fold, Sister Silver too shall further her downside mode:

Meanwhile, the Economic Barometer remains unfulfilled:  39 metrics are to have been received since the start of the StateSide government “shutdown” effective 01 October.  But with 26 thus far missing, just 13 have been received — including a surprise on Friday:  September’s Consumer Price Index was issued; (more on that in the wrap).  Otherwise, amongst all 13 of the incoming metrics, just five improved period-over-period.  Lookin’ a bit rickety, our Baro, as we ever-anticipate for stocks “Stormy Weather” –[Arlen/Koehler, ’33].  And yes, Virginia, if you actually perform the math (a science apparently unemployed by the modern-day money manager), the price/earnings ratio of the S&P 500 settled yesterday at 50.5x, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there means portfolio theory is a thing of the past):

So as teased, we wrap with yesterday’s surprise release of the CPI, (both the headline and core readings a bit hot for the Fed’s liking).  But our immediate response was:  “Did the ‘shutdown’ just end?”  Quickly we checked … but … no.  Yet, after all, the CPI like so many Econ Baro metrics is released by a federal government agency, in this case the Bureau of Labor Statistics, which did not first report the scheduled  Producer Price Index.

But then we found out what happened with respect to the CPI:  in order for the Social Security Administration (which is not fully “shutdown”) to keep benefit check payouts in pace with inflation, “They gotta have that CPI, baby!”  We thus give a tip of the cap to whoever he/she/it was that snuck into the otherwise shuttered BLS — perhaps heroically in the wee hours on personal time — to gather, crunch, arrange and release the data.  ‘Tis most appreciated and deserving of a year-end bonus.

As to a potentially negative near-term course for Gold, appreciate what ’tis, indeed add to your load!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 831 – (18 October 2025) – “Gold Goes Meme!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 831st Edition — Monte-Carlo — 18 October 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Goes Meme!“

 

This past Wednesday evening, Gold having surpassed the 4200 level, our doorbell rang.  ‘Twas unexpectedly a fine friend whose first four words excitedly were:  “I just bought Gold!!”

Not wanting to spray a cold spritz on our happy camper — Gold at that point trading better than +300 points above Fair Value, let alone better than +500 points above our BEGOS Market Value — we encouragingly replied:  “You do intend to hold it for a long time, yes?”  … “Well, sure, I guess” came the response.  “Great,” we said, “you’ll be fine.”  For given time, surely Gold shall further climb … but as we saw yesterday (Friday) hardly in a straight-up line.

Since said enthusiastic chat, Gold went on to the settle the week at 4268, inclusive of All-Time Closing Highs on each of Monday through Thursday, and come Friday an All-Time Intraday High of 4392.

But: then came the El Plungo (technical term): from that intraday high of 4392, Gold plummeted to 4196 in recording the largest intraday loss of -196 points in price’s entire history!  By percentage, (for those of you scoring at home), such -4.5% intraday drop ranks in the 98th percentile, (the worst being a -12.1% intraday drop from 321 to 282 away back on 28 September 1999).

To be sure, we’ve written repeatedly through recent editions of The Gold Update as well as in the daily Prescient Commentary that Gold has excessively exceeded its BEGOS Market Value, and now across the past two weeks as well its Fair Value; (note the enhancements to the above Gold Scoreboard).  All that stated, the yellow metal year-to-date is now +61.7%.

Moreover, Silver relative to Gold continues to remain “the better value” in spite of settling at a weekly record closing high of 50.63, en route reaching up to 53.77(!)

‘Course, upon Gold further correcting — which we’re fully expecting — the white metal, too, shall be dragged down.  But we still say she’s cheap “relative“ to the yellow metal given the Gold/Silver ratio is 84.3x vis-à-vis the century-to-date average of 69.4x.  Were Silver priced today to that ratio’s average, she’d be a further +21.6% higher at 61.54.  Regardless, the white metal thus far for 2025 is now +72.8%.  Yes, really.

“But you’re looking for price to revert to the BEGOS value mean, right mmb?”

For Gold, yes Squire, because it inevitably happens.  In appraising Gold vis-à-vis its Market Value (wherein we assess price’s movement relative to those of the five primary BEGOS Markets, namely the Bond, Euro, Gold, Oil and S&P 500) let’s turn to the following graphic.  ‘Tis Gold’s daily closes from one year ago-to-date astride the smooth valuation line to which price always reverts per the oscillator (price less value) in the lower panel.  And as depicted, Gold presently at 4268 is +527 points above that value (3741).  As the valuation line itself is rising, the midpoint between the two is 4005, albeit price is subject to falling far faster than does the smooth line rise:

 “So mmb, price could actually get back down into the 3000s, eh?”

Certainly none of us know, Squire.  But Gold historically has a hankering to significantly downward correct.  Remember Gold’s great gallop from September 2007 into March 2008?  ‘Twas a seven-month +52% run to an All-Time High at 1034; but come October of that year, Gold had then floundered -34% to as low as 681.  Too, there was the eight-month +44% run during 2011 from February into September, Gold then reaching that infamous All-Time High of 1923 which would then stay in place for nearly nine years through which price suffered a pullback of -45%.  And now from just this past April, Gold has gained +48%.  To quote the late, great Yogi Berra, is this going to be “Déjà vu all over again”?  On verra, mes amis…

Still, in keeping with our title for this week, the Big Deal is Gold’s rather suddenly having morphed from  its “nothing more than an old relic, conservative, non-yielding” status into that of the modern-day meme stock.  Next month brings the 16th anniversary of The Gold Update.  Across most of that stint, under-owned Gold has been otherwise regularly relegated by financial wizards to the ash heap of forgotten obsolescence, even as century-to-date it has vastly outperformed the S&P 500 by 3x.  Now however, that’s all changed.  To wit:

TheFinMedia today is rife with “highly-intellectual” pieces underscoring the same Gold-ownership rationale of which we’ve been writing for the past 16 years.   As herein penned two missives ago:  “…it suddenly seems that everyone’s become a Gold expert…”  Honestly, are they just figuring all this out now?  Where have they been?  In recent weeks we’ve been inundated by friends and acquaintances telling us all about Gold.  Gold has gone meme, just as did GameStop, AMC and Bed Bath and Beyond as pushed by the “Let’s all buy high!” crowd.  We hope that — unlike those memes — Gold doesn’t follow suit and crash.  Nor do we think ’twill.  But reversion to the mean (not meme) is in order, as unlike those stocks that were meme’d, Gold shan’t get creamed.

“Still, mmb, price has gone up for nine weeks in-a-row…”

Squire, on a mutually-exclusive basis that has occurred but three other times so far this century, the longest such stint being 12 consecutively higher weeks during the aforementioned uptrend which began in 2007.  And Friday’s record-setting intraday points-drop may signify that the top is in place at least for the near-term.  Regardless, as we go to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, this past week’s low (4011) is an extreme +5.5% above the dashed linear regression trendline (3804), such deviation century-to-date being nearly off the end of the Bell Curve (in the 93rd percentile):

With respect to Gold potentially correcting at least over the near-term, the above graphic’s graveyard regardless reminds us that “Shorting Gold is a bad idea.”  Still, let’s next assess the daily bars for the precious metals from three months ago-to-date, featuring Gold on the left and Silver on the right.  In both cases, the baby blue dots of linear regression trend consistency have been housed above the key +80% axis for nearly six weeks, a firm indication of their sustained uptrends.  However, as regular readers and website visitors know, upon the “Baby Blues” sinking below that level, lower prices likely are on the way.  And with both metals closing well off their rightmost Friday highs, again a near-term top may be in place:

Too, by their respective 10-day Market Profiles for both Gold (below left) and Silver (below right), we can see the demise from Friday’s highs.  By the labeled volume-dominant prices, Gold would appear to have a bit more underlying support than does Silver.  ‘Tis not that rare a condition, especially should Silver couple up with Cousin Copper, whose own “Baby Blues” just confirmed a break below the +80% axis, (which you can view on the website).  Thus shall Sweet Sister Silver discard for a time her precious metal pinstripes in exchange for her industrial metal jacket?  She does on occasion stray that way…  Here are the Profiles:

Unable to materially stray — due to the “shutdown” of the StateSide government — has been the Economic Barometer.  From 01 October-to-date, there’ve been 32 scheduled metrics for the Baro … of which just nine have made the trip.  Four so did this past week, amongst which three bettered their prior period:  October’s New York State Empire and National Association of Homebuilders Indices, along with September’s Treasury Budget.  The week’s sole loser was the Philly Fed Index for October.  As for the 23 “missing links”, it remains to be seen (should the government ever reconvene) how they’ll affect the Baro’s scene.  Until such time passes, here ’tis as is:

Toward wrapping, just a brief word on the S&P 500.  ‘Tis Q3 Earnings Season, which so far (whilst still very early) is running well:  79% of the 39 reported constituents have beaten their Q3 of a year ago.  Problematic is that the overall level of earnings remains unsupportive of the Index’s level (6664) given the honestly calculated price/earnings ratio (48.9x, the formula for which we’ve herein posted on numerous occasions).  And per this next graphic of the past week’s S&P 500 Futures by the hour, the “inching-up buying” is being repetitively met with “slamming-down selling”.  Thus, such word to you  WestPalmBeachers down there we hope is sufficient:

We close with this hilarious headline of the week, courtesy of The Edge, Malaysia:  “Bitcoin, Binance-Linked Coin Struggle After Historic Wipeout”.  In perusing the piece, ‘twould seem that corrections of 3%-to-20% are now deemed as “wipeouts”.  ‘Twill be (dare we say) edge-of-the-seat stuff to read just how a 30% correction might be so characterized.  Just sayin’… “Oh steady on there, lad!” 

A pending correction or otherwise for meme-like Gold, one may buy that sold for more to hold!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 830 – (11 October 2025) – “Silver’s New-Found Sky; Gold’s Gut-Punch from High; S&P’s Goodbye”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 830th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 11 October 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Silver’s New-Found Sky; Gold’s Gut-Punch from High; S&P’s Goodbye“

Ya gotta love October.  Silver finds fresh sky above 50 even as Gold takes a gut-punch from its new 4081 high, and the S&P at long last says “Goodbye!”  Recall our closing query from a week ago?

“I do, mmb.  You wrote:  ‘Have we crashed yet?’”

And, Squire, so the S&P has … or at least is appearing … to commence a crash.  For after all, giving up a full month of stock market gains yesterday (Friday) in just six hours is serious!  By Wall Street’s back-of-the-napkin estimate, stock market gains are generally given back at two-to-three times the pace of which they rise.  But yesterday’s selling was 21x the pace of a month’s entire gain!

“Also, what do you now mean, mmb, that Gold took a gut-punch, because it is at record highs!”

Squire, let’s summarize all three of these:  Silver, Gold, and the S&P.

  • Silver was the darling of this past week even in netting a wee loss (-0.9%) by settling yesterday (Friday) at 47.52.  Nonetheless, during both Thursday and Friday, “spot” Silver briefly traded for the first time ever over 50, indeed to as high in the sky as 51.24, albeit its more liquid December futures contract did not exceed 49.97, still an All-Time High of its own accord.  So:  Brava Brava Sista Silva!!

     

  • Gold too recorded new highs in exceeding 4000 on Tuesday at 00:28 GMT as we posted on “X” (@deMeadvillePro), moving further on Wednesday to the new All-Time High of 4081.  But come Thursday Gold got gut-punched in falling intraday high-to-low by -120 points, the eighth-largest same-day points’ loss thus far this century.  “Fortunately”, come Friday’s inflationary “Trump Tariff!” scare, Gold recovered to a record weekly close (admittedly -45 points below the week’s high) at 4036.  So:  Gold wins over Trump n’ China rare earth tariff tricks!

     

  • As for the S&P 500, we’ve gone on and on and on since its post-COVID recovery about the Index’s ridiculous overvaluation in this “Investing Age of Stoopid”; but the tariff indication of inflation — as we’ve oft cautioned stagflation — finally was the catalyst rightly to make it all go wrong.  What was amazing, upon the S&P actually opening higher to begin its Friday session, the “live” price/earnings ratio actually touched 50.0x!  ‘Twas as if those who actually can do math saw it and declared:  “That’s IT!  SELL!!“ 

Regardless of your catalytic choice, ‘twould appear “The Crash” at long last has perhaps begun.  So, as to “How low does the S&P go?”, let’s update our 50-year view of the S&P 500 with its yellow-bounded regression channel and red “had COVID never happened” channel.  The imbedded photo with the encircled p/e was taken just after Friday’s up opening.  Does the S&P return to its regression channel?

“So that little down hitch at the right is a ‘crash’, mmb?”

Squire, remember the “little down hitch” on Monday, 27 March 2000?  Come Thursday, 10 October 2002 that little S&P down hitch had morphed into a Huge Down Hitch of -50.5% across those two and one-half years, (aka “The DotComBomb”).

‘Course, no one knows if such magnitude of “crash” has again begun.  To be sure, high-level warnings of a stock market “drawdown” (a rather gentle way of expressing it) have been put forth over the past week by Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan, and even the “oh hip-hip!” Bank of England.  Either way, we’ll say this:  the selling fear on Friday was nothing like we’ve sensed since 2007 into 2009, which for you WestPalmBeachers down there was “that other even worse” -57.7% plunge (aka “The FinCrisis”).

This time ’round, be it the “Look Ma! No Earnings!” crash, the “Look Ma! No Money!” crash or the “Look Ma! It’s that Assembled Inaccuracy!” crash, we remain wary of more significant S&P 500 downside, certainly in the near-term offing (a stinging double-entendre, if we may so say).

And despite Gold’s gut-punch, the metal on balance is likely good going forward, albeit levels continue to run extremely high above the smooth valuation line borne of price’s movement vis-à-vis those of the primary BEGOS components (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500).  To wit, courtesy of the “Reversion to the Mean Dept.” we offer the following two-panel graphic (gleaned from the website).  Gold at left is presently priced better than +300 points above its smooth line, whereas the S&P (futures) at right on Friday alone fully reverted to same, and then some.  To repeat:  yesterday’s session saw the S&P give up a full month of gains since 11 September in a single day!  That’s “fear”, baby:

As for Gold’s weekly bars, here they are.  A fabulous picture … although perhaps worthy of reprising J.E. Levine’s “A Bridge Too Far” –[U.A., ’77].  Regardless, from a year ago-to-date, they’re certainly lookin’ GREAT!

Perhaps not so great, indeed running late, is the Economic Barometer.  Of the 16 incoming metrics thus far due in October — given the ongoing StateSide government “shutdown” — a mere five have arrived live, including only two this past week.  October’s University of Michigan’s “Go Blue!” Sentiment Survey down-ticked a pip, and August’s change in Consumer Credit moved nary a wit.  So here’s how the Baro now sits:

Yet sitting ever-pretty are the precious metals.  Behold our two-panel graphic of the daily bars from three months ago-to-date for Gold on the left and for Silver on the right.  In both cases, the “Baby Blues” of regression trend consistency have been above the key +80% axis for 23 consecutive trading days, (which for those of you scoring at home is longer than a whole month).  However within Friday’s S&P 500 chaos, neither metal even as a safe-haven was able to reattain its prior day’s high.  Remember the FinCrisis’ “Black Swan” during which “everything” initially went well down?  ‘Tis just something of which to be aware:

Too, we’ve the two-panel graphic of the 10-day Market Profiles for the yellow metal (below left) and white metal (below right).  Per the volume-dominant price labels, Gold sees support at 4006 whilst Silver appears more contained for the moment between 48.40 on the upside and 47.25 on the downside.  Indeed as Silver didn’t fully keep pace with Gold into week’s end, the Gold/Silver ratio rose from the prior Friday’s 81.6x level to now 84.9x:

Toward closing, we’ve not stacked it up since mid-August.  So let’s have a look; note therein for the Stack’s first time that “Gold’s Value per Dollar Debasement” is not at present on top, the yellow metal having achieved (as you know if you are regular reader) such Fair Value a week earlier:

The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):

Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  4081 (08 October 2025)
2025’s High:  4081 (08 October 2025)
10-Session directional range:  up to 4081 (from 3793) = +288 points or +7.6%
Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  4061 (08 October 2025)
Trading Resistance:  4059
Gold Currently:  4036, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  69 points)
10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  3952
Trading Support:  notable Profile nodes:  3892 / 3854 / 3844
Gold’s Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3870
The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  3548
The 300-Day Moving Average:  3036 and rising
2025’s Low:  2625 (06 January)
The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
The Northern Front:  1800-1750
On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
The Floor:  1579-1466
Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
Base Camp:  1377
The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
The Box:  1280-1240

To wrap, does another “Black Monday” await the S&P?  Instead, shall the FinMedia (which typically suffers ratings declines in bear markets) come to the rescue emphasizing “all that money piling up on the sidelines will come back into the market”?  Or in reality:  is it the painful withdrawal of margin?  “Uh-oh…”

Just don’t you get caught with with a hole in your bankroll!  Rather, (hat-tip CDS), ride Gold’s rise above its blow hole!  “WHOA!”

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 829 – (04 October 2025) – “Gold Achieves Fair Value”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 829th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 04 October 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Achieves Fair Value“

If for some inexcusably unconscionable reason you missed Tuesday’s Prescient Commentary and/or our entry on “X” (@deMeadvillePro), we herein repeat same for you stragglers:  “Gold at 00:05 GMT this morning reached its Dollar debasement value of 3865”.

Indeed en route to settling out the week yesterday (Friday) at 3912, Gold traded to yet another All-Time High at 3923 on Thursday.  As for Sweet Sister Silver, she traded up to her own 14-year high at 48.33 toward closing the week at 47.97, +63.8% net year-to-date and well-outpacing Gold’s nonetheless splendid net gain of +48.2% thus far in 2025.

But the Big Gold Story is — for the first time arithmetically since the week ending on Halloween, 31 October 1980 (price then 642) — Gold has now eclipsed our quintessential valuation of 3867.  ‘Tis thus “fair” to say Gold has finally achieved its Fair Value.

“Which is slightly different than the above Scoreboard’s right-hand graphic, correct mmb?”

Spot-on as ever you are, dear Squire.  The Gold Scoreboard — the long-standing opening hallmark of The Gold Update — depicts that graphic on a dual scale:  one for the StateSide Money Supply (“M2” basis) and one for the price of Gold.  The key point therein is to directionally correlate Gold in concert with M2.  However, let’s now look at Gold relative to its actual Fair Value.

“The difference being, mmb?”

Squire already well knows the difference, but he loves to infuse the occasional dramatic pause.  Price itself (which we measure vis-à-vis its “continuous futures contract” as ’tis far and away the most liquid medium for trading Gold) is simply that:  the price of Gold (plus an essentially immaterial amount of eroding premium, currently +0.7% basis December’s expiry).

The Fair Value of Gold however, is a different, more salient and leading measure as to where price “ought be”.  The calculation from the M2 starting point as just noted (31 October ’80, thank you Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis), is then routinely revised to account for the increase in M2 (basically the de facto liquid measure of the world’s reserve currency) as further adjusted for the increase in the supply of Gold itself.  For the more there is of something, the less ’tis worth.  And Gold tonnage since back in 1980 has increased by some 2.3x effectively detracting from value.

Regardless of the increasing supply of the yellow metal, M2 today is +1,293% of what ’twas back in 1980 and thus is the primary debasing driver of Gold.  So putting it all together, we same-scale chart both Gold and its Fair Value — et voilà — we’re finally there!  ‘Tis a crossing sight to behold:

‘Course as shown in the graphic, the last time Gold nearly achieved Fair Value was back in September of 2011, price then embarking on a worse than -47% slide into December 2015.  (You long-time readers may recall our writing of Gold as having “gotten ahead of itself”).  And no, this time ’round we don’t perceive a repeat of such decline.

In fact, present Gold hype abounds!  (One wonders where “they” have been for so many of these past years).  Moreover, it suddenly seems that everyone’s become a Gold expert.  “Oh, it’s the debt!” they say.  “Oh, it’s Trump!” they say.  “Oh, it’s global conflict!” they say.  Far be it from us to stand in the way of what “they” say.  But at the end of the day, ’tis currency erosion by which Gold makes hay.

Further, Gold being a very liquid market — which as do all liquid markets — trends upward, downward and sideways.  Too, from the “It Takes Two to Tango Dept.”, every form of Gold bought is sold to that buyer by the seller at the agreed-upon price.  And price can become quite excessively extended to the upside as is Gold’s current case, irrespective of what “they” say.  For example, by deMeadville’s “textbook technicals” (a cocktail of John Bollinger’s Bands, Relative Strength and Stochastics), Gold is now 25 consecutive trading days “overbought.”

“Well, mmb, that probably won’t be on CNBS…”

Squire, likely neither on Bloomy nor FoxyB.  Certainly our next proprietary graphic is not FinMedia made for all to see:

From the website, the smooth line in the above upper panel is our near-term valuation for Gold (3621) based on price’s movement relative to those that comprise the primary BEGOS Markets (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500).  And as we always remind, price inevitably reverts to its smooth valuation line, even as it too rises and falls.  The present difference per the lower panel oscillator shows price as +291 points “high” above valuation.

As well, you may have sensed the edginess on Gold’s sellside.  This past Tuesday within a four-hour period, Gold fell -79 points, only to regain it all and then some; but again on Thursday within three hours came a drop of -81 points.  The hysteria may be (as it continues to be for the S&P) that Gold is poised to go (using technical terminology) “rip-snort, el gonzo, upside nutz”.  Not that it shan’t, but there’s a lot of attractive Gold trading profit for the taking these days.  As certainly so there is for the S&P 500 as we go to the Economic Barometer:

The Baro was due to take in 13 metrics this past week … but just six (privately-generated) made the trip whilst the publicly-generated balance of seven offered zip.  Of those six reports, August’s Pending Home Sales and September’s Institute for Supply Management Index improved period-over-period; but worse were ADP’s negative Employment data, the ISM Services Index, the Chicago Purchasing Manager’s Index and the Conference Board’s Consumer Confidence, all for September.

So:  are you confident?  As has been bandied about Wall Street over the years, when the government is out of the way, the markets positively play.  Thus far for the three trading days of “no-budget” October, the S&P has risen by as much as +0.9%, indeed closing for the first time above 6700 on Wednesday, and again so on both Thursday and Friday.  Cue “Do the Wall Street shuffle…” –[10cc, ’74].

‘Course, not so much shuffling upward as streaking higher has been Gold.  Here next we’ve the yellow metal’s two-panel graphic of daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right.  Achieving Fair Value is a beautiful thAng:

The white metal’s like graphic says it all:  Silver these past three months (below left) has been comprehensively adorned in her precious metal pinstripes (as opposed to her industrial metal jacket).  But by her Profile (below right), the 46.40-45.15 swath is quite light on volume, such that should Gold begin to correct as we expect, Silver swiftly would fall back through that zone with an eye to then trying to hold 44.15 as labeled:

To close, we were reminded this past week of a conservation away back in the days of AvidTrader, wherein by completely mindless (let alone official) observations, ’twas determined that the mighty Goldman Sachs was correct on its various outlooks a double-digit percentage of the time … that being 50%.

Now more than two decades later, we similarly query:  “Is Goldman Sachs capable of making up its mind?”  To wit, this courtesy of “The Right Hand Doesn’t Know What the Left Hand Is Doing Dept.”

  • Hat-tip Bloomy from this past Monday:  “Goldman Strategists Turn Bullish on Stocks as Recession Risk Low”

  • Hat-tip CNBC(S) from Friday:  “Goldman Boss David Solomon warns investors of a stock market drawdown”

Some things never change.  Yet we think ’tis The Boss who’s wiser.  Especially given the S&P 500’s price/earnings ratio having just settled the week at an inane 48.6x.  “Have we crashed yet?”

 Either way, don’t forget who truly is the boss:  Gold!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 828 – (27 September 2025) – “Gold Furthers Record Ticks; Silver Snags 46!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 828th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 27 September 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Furthers Record Ticks; Silver Snags 46!“

With so much to expend into month n’ quarter end, on to that we’ve prodigiously penned!

And straight out of the chute we start with our year-to-date BEGOS Markets Standings, the sweetest component of them all again topping the stack:  Sister Silver!  You tell ’em, Jackie:

No, thy eyes do not thee deceive:  Silver year-to-date is +58.3% in settling out the week yesterday (Friday) at 46.37, yet remains short of her all-time high.  For as noted in last week’s piece:  “Silver’s all-time intraday high is 49.82 from 25 April 2011.”  Still, the Metals Triumvirate continues to dominate the Standings’ Top Three podium positions.

So as we turn to Gold’s weekly bars — price settling the week at 3790 — note at the foot of the following graphic the Gold/Silver ratio now down to 81.7x — which by that ratio’s century-to-date average of 69.3x means that relative to the yellow metal, the white metal still remains cheap!

‘Course, let us duly acknowledge that Gold is significantly upside-stretched at present, indeed scoring another All-Time High this past Tuesday at 3825 on approach to the opening Scoreboard’s Dollar debasement value of 3865.  To be sure by the website’s BEGOS valuation for Gold, price per the next graphic shows as +243 points “high”, and inevitably shall revert to the smooth grey line, even as it also is rising:

Thus with Silver in mind, upon Gold’s decline, the white metal — again still cheap relative to the yellow metal — shall as well unwind.

“So yer thinkin’ prices are gonna drop, eh mmb?”

As Squire well knows, Gold and Silver — indeed all of the BEGOS markets — are very liquid.  As such they all from period-to-period engage in one of three possible trends:  up, sideways, or down.  Too, with the FinMedia having of late actually giving notice to Gold, precious metals reports these days are richly ripe with hype.  Moreover, recall what happened the last time Gold graphically caught up to its Dollar debasement value (again see the the righthand panel of the opening Scoreboard):  price went from its then All-Time High of 1923 (06 September 2011) down to 1045 (03 December 2015), a better than four-year decline of -47.7%.

Are we expecting same again?  Hardly, albeit “Never Say Never Again” –[Taliafilm, Warner/Columbia-EMI, ’83].  But Gold’s reverting to its BEGOS valuation in the 3500s wouldn’t be a wit untoward, and (not to drag you too deeply into the technical weeds) there was structural support recorded this past April/May that lasted through August in the 3586 to 3208 range, the midpoint of which is 3397 … and structural midpoints are oft keenly eyed by those on the dip-buying side … just in case you’re scoring at home.

Speaking of scoring, the precious metals equites have been putting on a clinic!  For many-a-year we hear ’tis axiomatic that the equities outpace the yellow metal itself.  ‘Course we’ve seen as well that one both lives … and dies … by the equities’ leverage.  Yet from a year ago-to-date, the equities are livin’ large versus the Gold price.  Here are the percentage tracks from least-to-most for the whole gang featuring Gold itself +41%, Newmont (NEM) +53%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +70%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +73%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +80%, the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +90%, and Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +95%.  Behold the beauty:

Comparatively, the ludicrously-overvalued, earnings-lacking Casino 500 is +16% across the same stint.  Oh yes, Gold is a bit over-extended near-term:  but at least ’tis properly priced in the area of its Dollar debasement value, whereas the S&P is priced at a whacky 48.4x earnings.  (Note:  “AI” [“Assembled Inaccuracy”] puts it at 25.9x; however, when we’ve fed “AI” the precise price/earnings formula — which we’ve herein on occasion posted — ’tis unable to perform the math.  Is your financial manager using “AI“?  Oh well).

Doing well of late is the Economic Barometer, sufficiently so that it brings into question the Federal Open Market Committee voting come 29 October to again reduce The Bank’s Funds rate.  And when the final revision to Q2 Gross Domestic Product was released this past Thursday, it put by that reasoning quite a sudden scare into the S&P, the futures sporting their second-worst 60-minute drop to that point of the week.  For you WestPalmBeachers down there, quarterly GDP is thrice reported, the final revision rarely of substantive change.  But this time, for Q2 annualized, it leapt from the second estimate of +3.3% to +3.8%, the biggest final upward revision since that for Q1 away back in 2015!  So suddenly, life is good!  Here’s the Baro, for which seven of the past week’s 11 incoming metrics improved over the prior period:

Along with the GDP surprise came the most anticipated data of the week, that comprising the Fed’s preferred gauge of inflation as Personal Consumption Expenditures for August.  The “headline” number cooled from July’s +0.3% to +0.2% … but the more scruntinized “core” number heated from +0.2% to +0.3%.  All-in-all per our August 2025 Inflation Summary table, the 12-month summation’s average of +2.8% is still above the Fed’s desired +2.0% target, whilst that for August alone is spot on at +2.0%.  But the Fed having just cut can make those paces turn up:

Thus from “The Rising Tide of Inflation Lifts All Boats Dept.” we go ’round the horn for all eight of our BEGOS Markets, their respective grey trendlines ascending in each case:

“But the ‘Baby Blues’ are weaking for some of them, mmb…”

Squire understands trend consistency as measured by our baby blue dots, which (save for Oil) are rolling over to one degree or another.  In other words, the trends remain up, but as such are weakening, noticeably so for the Bond, Euro, Swiss Franc, to an extent Copper, and just perhaps beginning for the S&P 500.

As for the precious metals, they remain nothing short of amazing by their 10-Market Profiles as shown next for Gold on the left and Silver on the right.  The most volume-dominant price support and Market Magnet (per the website) for the yellow metal are 3719 and 3744, whilst respectively for the white metal they are 44.15 and 43.78 with Silver looking ever so great of late!

And to exemplify Gold’s latest All-Time High, we’ve the 16-year chart of price’s structure by the month from 2010 now well into 2025, impressively exceeding our year’s forecast 3262 high.  Or to reprise the late, great, StateSide sportscaster Dick Enberg:  “Oh my!!”:

We started with Silver; let’s close with same.  The last time the Gold/Silver ratio was below its century-to-date average was well into the midst of COVID on 18 May 2021, (the white metal then priced at 28.29).  If anyone cares to comb back through the 227 missives penned since then to count how many times we’ve written “Don’t forget the Silver!”, do drop us a line.  In the meantime…

…keep towing the precious metals line!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 827 – (20 September 2025) – “Gold n’ S&P Highs for All to See!”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 827th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 20 September 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold n’ S&P Highs for All to See!“

For a month which through the last dozen years hardly has been happy for Gold — and certainly century-to-date dreadful for the S&P 500 — let’s hear it here in this September of 2025 for All-Time Highs all ’round!  Whee-Heee!

Through the 14 trading days of this September-to-date, Gold has posted record highs in eight, toward settling yesterday (Friday) at an All-Time Weekly Closing High of 3719, the year-to-date gain now +40.9%.  Too for the S&P, albeit not always on the same day, there’ve also been eight days of record highs, the mighty Index settling the week at 6664, both a record daily and weekly close, the year-to-date performance now +13.3%.

Reprise from The Great Depression “The Dance of the Dollars” as crooned by the inimitable Ginger Rogers: “We’re in the money, We’re in the money…” –[Warner Bros., “Gold Diggers of 1933”].

Or as we’ve in more recent years occasionally quipped:  “Marked to market, everybody’s a millionaire; marked to reality, nobody’s worth squat.”

“So mmb, obviously the S&P hasn’t crashed yet, right?”

Rather, it has what we call “up-crashed”.  Squire is referring of course to last Saturday’s edition of The Gold Update per its title “Gold Gets the Cash (Ahead of S&P Crash?)“  For in spirit with the Federal Open Market Committee having voted nearly unanimously this past Wednesday to lower The Bank’s Funds Rate by our anticipated -0.25% — (an event “priced-in” a few billion times) — the S&P 500 posted a +1.2% weekly rise, as did Gold gain +1.1%.  But specific to the S&P, how’s that price/earnings ratio of 48.4x workin’ out for ya?

But let’s instead turn the tables on Squire and ask him a question:

You have today $100,000 to invest for one year, and (excluding Gold), which of the following two options’ results would you select?

  • Option 1:  in a year’s time your $100,000 investment shall additionally have garnered $3,610 in yield such that you’ll then have $103,610;

  • Option 2:  in a year’s time your $100,000 investment shall additionally have garnered $1,171 in yield such that you’ll then have something in the range of $83,000 to $119,000.  Squire?

“Option 1, mmb, which is the one-year T-bill, ’cause Option 2 is the too much crazily-overvalued S&P.”

Smart boy is our Squire.  (For those of you scoring at home, Option 2’s $83k – $119k range includes the wee yield and is one standard deviation both above and below the S&P’s annual average percentage change through this century’s 24 completed years).

‘Course, given the perilously overvalued S&P today — similar to that just preceding the DotComBomb — a like fall of more than -50% in the S&P would instead place the low end of Option 2’s range just under $50k.

Further into a deep numerical dive, you may have seen last evening’s release by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission of the Commitments Of Traders for the S&P 500 futures:  ’tis net Short -225,100 positions, the most since that which preceded last year’s S&P demise from March into April.  Either way, have a nice day.

But to get on with good old Gold, century-to-date ’tis now +1,259%.  ‘Course the nattering nabobs of Gold negativism are always quick to point out that Gold has no yield.  We simply let them instead be happy with their S&P 500’s approximately +550% gain including yield across the same stint.

Now with respect to our opening Gold Scoreboard, price (3719) has been racing up toward the Dollar debasement value of 3866.  However, per the aforementioned FedFunds interest rate cut, that ought raise the debasement bar higher still as dough more affordably flows out through the Fed window.  Indeed this past week, the StateSide “M2” money supply reached its own all-time high of $22.207T.  That of course “supports” (not) the current S&P 500 market capitalization of $58.800T.  (Have we made mention in the past of the “Look Ma! No Money!” crash?)

Still, as glorious as has been Gold’s recent run, might it be (only temporarily) done?  Per the following website graphic of Gold’s value vis-à-vis its movement relative to those of the primary BEGOS Markets (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500), price today at 3719 is +241 points “high” above its smooth valuation line at 3479, (levels rounded to nearest whole number).  Across the graphic (excluding this most recent excursion), when price’s deviation has been at least this “high” by the lower panel’s oscillator, Gold within 21 trading days (one month) has declined by an average -6.1% (which from here would be -227 points into revisiting the upper 3400s).  All that courtesy of the “Markets Don’t Move in a Straight Line Dept.”:

Notwithstanding some wariness to potential near-term pullback, in turning to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, price has now recorded a fourth consecutive “higher high”.  ‘Course, hardly is that a record.  Twice this century Gold has recorded 11 weekly “higher highs” from late August into November of 2007 and again from early August into mid-October of 2010.  But we shan’t say “no” to now four-in-a-row:

Meanwhile, struggling to make any gains-in-a-row is the Econ Baro.  Specific to this past week’s streak of 14 incoming metrics:  four improved period-over-period (notably September’s Philly Fed Index and August’s “ex-auto” Retail Sales), five maintained their prior pace or level, and five were worse (notably September’s NY State Empire Index, plus August’s Housing/Permits data, along with everyone’s favourite lagging indicator of The Conference Board’s Leading Indicators).

Thus was the Fed’s rate cut bang on time?  Or shall next Friday’s release by the Bureau of Economic Analysis of August’s Personal Consumption Expenditures suggest the FOMC “pause” next time?  Regardless, scarcely does the Economic Barometer appear to be in its prime despite an S&P oh so sublime:

To be sure, Gold’s past five week’s have been nothing less than marvelous.  But as we next turn to our two panel graphic of the daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right, the rolling over of the “Baby Blues” are the early hint of this latest uptrend nearing its end, with the labeled 3683 as volume-dominant support:

As for Silver, the settle yesterday at 43.37 was her highest daily close since 22 August 2011 as well as her highest weekly close since that ending 25 April 2011; (Silver’s all-time intraday high is 49.82 from 25 April 2011).  Here as well are her “Baby Blues” (at left) and Profile (at right).  More broadly, the Gold/Silver ratio presently 85.8x maintains more upside in due course for Sister Silver:

Monday at 18:19 GMT brings 2025’s autumnal equinox, (which for you WestPalmBeachers down there you call “the first day of fall”).  Query:  Shall “fall” arrive as a double entendre at Broad and Wall?  For the S&P has gone far beyond any dutiful call…

But you can stay secure with Gold through it all!

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 826 – (13 September 2025) – “Gold Gets the Cash (Ahead of S&P Crash?)”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 826th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 13 September 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Gold Gets the Cash (Ahead of S&P Crash?)“

Yes, Gold this past Tuesday by its “continuous contract” (for which the “front month” is December) touched 3700 — trading even further to a fresh All-Time High at 3715.

No, Gold wasn’t long-lived above 3700; however for 38 glorious Golden minutes ’twas a beautiful thAng.  Price then proceeded through the balance of the week to settle per the above Gold Scoreboard at 3681, now just -183 points beneath the Dollar debasement value of 3864.  And as detailed in last week’s missive, upon next eclipsing such key measure — regardless of when that may be — we’ll again judiciously reiterate (after 14 years) that Gold has “gotten ahead of itself”.  Do mind the above right-hand panel.  And whilst it has not yet happened, ’tis nonetheless fabulous to see Gold having almost caught all the way up to where it ought be brought, (so hopefully you’ve long ago bought).

More striking however is that across the past 242 trading days from last 26 September-to-date, Gold has achieved TEN +100-level milestones from 2700 to now 3700, (which for those of you scoring at home is a +37% increase in less than one year).  By comparison, remember when it took 2,251 consecutive trading days (basically nine years) for Gold to just get from 1900 on 22 August 2011 those +100 points higher to 2000 on 21 July 2020?  2,251 trading days just to gain +100 points!  But this most recent milestone run has averaged +100 points every 24 trading days!  Here’s the table:

“Although, mmb, the percentage increase from one to the next is always decreasing…”

Squire remains one of the few modern-day market mavens who does math.  And to be sure, from Gold 1900 to 2000 was a +5.3% increase, whereas this most recent 3600 to 3700 was just a +2.8% increase.

But let’s view it from the futures contract perspective, whereby with a $20k commodity account you can trade one Gold contract, and thus control 100 ounces of Gold; (as opposed to $20k covering only five physical ounces; which for you WestPalmBeachers down there is — by the futures — called “leverage”).

So:  Gold back then from 1900 to 2000 was a +100-point gain x $100/point = $10k profit, (your $20k account thus becoming $30k, or +50%) … but again, that took those noted nine years.  Now, in just less than one year, Gold has gone from 2700 to 3700, a +1,000-point gain x $100/point = $100k profit, (your $20k account instead becoming $120k, or +500%).

Therefore to Squire’s point, yes each successive +100-point milestone is a smaller percentage gain … but they’ve been coming far more rapidly, indeed perhaps too rapidly.  Here we update from the website our Market Value measure for Gold, price (3681) now showing as +260 points “high” above its smooth valuation line (3421) defined by the movement of our primary BEGOS Markets (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500).  And as we always say, price inevitably reverts to valuation:

As for Gold by its weekly bars and parabolic trends from one year ago-to-date, the following blue-dotted Long stint is now eight weeks in duration with present price (3681) an admirable +423 points above the ensuing week’s “flip to Short” level (3258).  Gold’s EWTR (“expected weekly trading range”) has narrowed a tad to 120 points, albeit that’s still some three weeks of cushion — barring a hard price fall — even with price (as just above noted) being fairly high above its BEGOS Markets valuation:

‘Course, having endlessly lost all sense of reasonable valuation is the S&P 500.

“Well, the Fed’s cutting rates beginning this Wednesday, mmb…”

Oh good grief, dear Squire.  How many times over how many weeks have the FinMedia reported time-and-again that the purported Federal Reserve’s Funds rate reduction has been “priced-in”?  ‘Tis been but 15 trading days since FedChair Powell in Wyoming suggested the possibility of a monetary policy shift, it thus  being FinMedia-deemed that a rate cut is “priced-in” for the S&P.  After which ’twas later “priced-in”, and then again “priced-in”.

Query:  how many times must the same event be “priced-in”?  We’re just asking, given the S&P 500 is recording all-time highs seemingly day-after-day, indeed for seven of the days since The Chairman’s address.

Yes, the StateSide job market has stalled as herein sliced and diced a week ago.  And despite August’s just-reported Consumer Price Index having doubled from its July pace of +0.2% to now +0.4% (remember we said the July spike in the Producer Price Index could well feed into August’s CPI), apparently such increasing inflation is ignorable and is also “priced-in”.  So by logic (a concept no longer useful in this Investing Age of Stoopid), are unsupportive earnings (the price/earnings ratio of the S&P now a staggeringly high 46.7x), plus perhaps stagflation, and now a re-stumbling StateSide economy also all “priced-in”?  Moreover:  at what point for equities chasers shall FOMO (“Fear Of Missing Out”) morph into FONBO (“Fear Of Not Being Out”)?  What might the traditionally market-leading (until COVID) Economic Barometer urgently now trying to tell us?

Too, (not that we need be reminded), ’tis September, the historical results for which make it far and away the S&P’s worst losing month so far this century, (as we’ve previously cited, -32.3% when aggregating the prior 24 Septembers).  However:  that compiled, outright “crashes” have been instead typically owned by October, notably the hollowing-out of equities in the Garzarelli Cavatelli of ’87, the awkward Asian Contagion of ’97, and frighteningly so the FinCrisis of ’08.  Thus by this missive’s parenthetical portion of its title, next time ’round — whether ’tis the “Look Ma! No Earnings!” crash or the “Look Ma! No Money!” crash — we remain very sensitive to its eventual arrival (be it this month, next month, next year), such that ahead of said crash Gold’s been getting the cash.

Clearly appears ’tis the case as we next view the two-panel graphic of Gold’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left, with those for Silver on the right.  Regular readers well know the baby blue dots  that depict the day-to-day consistency of the regression trend, and as you can see, the “Baby Blues” are our directional friend.  As for Silver’s rightmost high? 43 if you please!

And as continues that case of late, highs keep present prices in the 10-day Market Profiles as … well … high.  Below (at left) is that for Gold and (at right) for Silver.  With respect to the latter, 43 is great to see:  but were Silver priced to Gold by their ratio’s average century-to-date (69.3x vs. 86.2x today), rather than 43, Silver would now be 53!  Whee-Heee!

Thus into Fed week we go, the Open Market Committee expected to release their Policy Statement incorporating a rate cut (we see -25bp) come Wednesday at 18:00 GMT; the pop in August retail inflation is too much to warrant a “jumbo” rate cut of -50bp.  So does that in turn send the S&P 500 on a selling spree?  J.P. Morgan opines there may so be. For the S&P now being “priced to perfection”, ’tis all indeed “priced-in”, you see?

Pssst:  “Got Gold?”

Cheers!

…m…

The Gold Update: No. 825 – (06 September 2025) – “Is Gold (Again) Getting Ahead of Itself?”

by

The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 825th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 06 September 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

“Is Gold (Again) Getting Ahead of Itself?“

Today is 06 September 2025.  Do you recall up to where Gold traded on this very date 14 years ago?

“On this day in 2011 price reached an all-time high of 1923, right mmb?”

Precisely so, Squire, yet then for nearly nine years ’twas never higher.  Rather, from that landmark day’s All-Time High of 1923, Gold embarked on an almost -46% correction to as low as 1045 on 03 December 2015, before fully recovering through the ensuing four and one-half years to reach 1942 on 27 July 2020 whilst COVID cloaked the globe.

And long-time readers may recall ’twas shortly after 06 September 2011 — indeed on 01 October 2011 in the 98th Edition of The Gold Update — we wrote that Gold had gotten “ahead of itself”.  As above shown in the righthand panel of the Gold Scoreboard, the price of Gold as graphed was exceeding the track of the green “M2” money supply line.

Now fast forward to today’s title, we query same:  “Is Gold (Again) Getting Ahead of Itself?”  The answer is (a little drumroll please…):  

No.  But:  ’tis not far from so doing!  Again per the Scoreboard, Gold settled its week yesterday (Friday) at 3640, an All-Time Closing High, recording en route an All-Time Intraday High of 3656.  And the current Dollar debasement value for Gold — even in duly adjusting for its own supply increase — is 3864.  That’s just +224 points (+6.2%) higher than here.  So given that Gold’s current EWTR (“expected weekly trading range”) is presently 124 points, come September’s end, Gold truly may have again gotten ahead of itself.  ‘Tis not a prediction, but well worth minding.

Too, by our Market Value graphic for Gold (wherein price’s movement is measured vis-à-vis those of the other primary markets which comprise BEGOS (Bond / Euro / Gold / Oil / S&P 500), the yellow metal shows as currently +253 points “high” above valuation to which it always reverts (be it up or down) … just in case you’re scoring at home:

 

“But mmb, are you getting bearish then on Gold?”

Oh heavens no, dear Squire.  We’re merely sensitive to the fact that markets don’t move in a straight line, (save, ‘twould seem, for the ever-higher S&P 500).  As noted and per the above oscillator, price always reverts to the BEGOS valuation, which itself too (albeit more ponderously) rises and falls.

Meanwhile making the rounds in the midst of it all is a Goldman Sachs call (should the Fed fall) for Gold 5000.  We read the FinTimes piece of GS’ warning over “Trump political this” and “lost confidence that”.  But despite the mention of inflation, hardly was the key driver of Gold’s value directly stated:  again, (for you WestPalmBeachers down there) ’tis Dollar debasement.

So typically as is our wont, we did the math.  And to the nearest trillion, were the Federal Reserve to add another $6T to the StateSide money supply, ‘twould “equate” to valuing Gold at 5000.  Albeit, you’ll recall the $7T accommodation for COVID instead benefitted the S&P 500 rather than Gold.  Which is why the S&P to this day remains so dangerously overvalued:  “How’s that 45.3x price/earnings ratio workin’ out for ya?”  Cue Nat King Cole in parody from ’51: “Unsustainable…”.

Certainly sustaining its weekly Long trends is Gold as we turn to those bars from one year ago-to-date.  Our wee friend therein points toward present price being high above the dashed linear trendline; however the blue-dotted parabolic Long trend now seven weeks in duration offers 421 points of safe space between here (3640) and there (3219).  Note too how our forecast high for this year (3262) is providing support at its green line.  All-in-all, quite the bullish picture to this point:

More broadly, here we’ve daily Gold from our opening discourse about price having gotten ahead of itself away back there in 2011.  Came the aforementioned correction, followed by years of battling ad nauseum in and about “The Box” (1240-1280, remember that?)  Yet now in retrospect, we surely can say “You’ve come a long way, baby!”

More recently, the Economic Barometer had been making its own way back up … until this past week having gone bottoms-up.  Of the 13 incoming metrics, just five improved period-over-period, notably so for August both the Manufacturing and Services readings from the Institute for Supply Management.  Too, Productivity for Q2 was revised sharply higher from the initial +2.4% read to +3.3% … and you know what that means:  less jobs!

Thus barring inflation having spiked (as shall be determined in the new week), here comes the 17 September Fed cut, because for August, both ADP’S Employment and Labor’s Payrolls data were poor.  ADP reported job creation of less than 100k for the fifth time in the past seven months, prior to which such benchmark had not been missed since September 2023.  And Labor missed the 100k mark for the third consecutive month.  ‘Twill be interesting to see if the leading pace of July’s very  inflationary  Producer Price Index (+0.9%) feeds into that for August’s Consumer Price Index come Thursday.  Stay tuned…

Too, we must acknowledge the S&P 500 yesterday having reached another record high (6533), before taking a -51-point drubbing into the close (6482).  We see a wary September wearing on, so much so that we made this “X” remark (@deMeadvillePro) earlier in the week prior to yesterday’s still higher high:

“The S&P 500 ‘September Storm’ (per The Gold Update) is beginning.  How low do we go?

  • High: (28 August) 6508
  • Gap fill (08 May): 5720 (-12%)
  • Golden Ratio (high to 07 April low): 5474 (-16%)
  • 07 April low re-test: 4835 (-26%)
  • Current P/E:  44.1x”

    • As for record-setting Gold, here next we’ve our classic two-panel display of price’s daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right.  Gold may be getting a tad stretched, but the baby blue dots of day-to-day trend consistency are nicely on the up move.

    Too for Silver, here’s the like graphic.  Her new-found 40s held through the entire week as she traded from as low as 40.56 to as high as 42.29.  The “Baby Blues’ (below left) are getting a bit of a boost, whilst by her Profile (below right) 41.60 shows as the most volume-dominant price of the past fortnight.  “Way to go, Sister Silver!”

    So to close for you, how stormy is becoming the September view?

    Even if ahead of itself, ‘tis best to keep Gold in your investment queue!

    Cheers!

    …m…

    The Gold Update: No. 824 – (30 August 2025) – “Gold Lookin’ Sporty; Silver Lovin’ Forty!”

    by

    The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 824th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 30 August 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

    “Gold Lookin’ Sporty; Silver Lovin’ Forty!“

    Absolutely we must start with Sweet Sister Silver.  By her “continuous contract” (the front month for which is now December), she attained $40/oz. yesterday for the first time since (deep breath!) 21 September 2011; (for you math-challenged WestPalmBeachers down there, that is essentially 14 years ago).  “Brava, Brava, Sista Silva!!”

    ‘Tis been long overdue, and yet Silver still remains “La Cheapa”.  In settling out the week and August yesterday (Friday) at 40.75, the Gold/Silver ratio now at 86.3x nonetheless remains excessively above the century-to-date average of 69.3x.  Thus as fabulous as ’tis to see Silver lovin’ $40/oz., were she priced today at that ratio’s average, she’d instead be +25% higher at $50/oz., (indeed at 50.76 for those of you scoring at home).

    As for good old Gold, price settled the week lookin’ sporty at 3516, which too by its “continuous contract” (also now December) is another All-Time Closing High on both a daily and weekly basis; however the All-Time Intraday High remains 3431 from three weeks prior on 08 August.  But “sluggish seasonality” aside, we’ll take it.  Here are Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, the rightmost blue-dotted parabolic Long trend nicely in place with price itself sitting upon the dashed regression trendline:

     

    And whilst September is the worst month of the year for S&P 500, (as herein penned a week ago that “…through the 24 Septembers century-to-date, that month’s cumulative S&P change is -32.3%…”), ’tis been for Gold on balance a decent month, its past 24 Septembers netting an all-in gain of +7.2%.  Too, by current conventional wisdom, Gold stands to benefit from this next 17 September Federal Open Market Committee vote to cut the FundsRate by -0.25%.  But:  ought they so do?  Let’s go to our completed StateSide inflation summary table for July, bearing in mind that red backgrounds are in excess of the Fed’s inflation target of 2%…

    …and “Uh-oh, say it ain’t so…” every measure now is backed in red.  ‘Course that can be resolved with a rate hike … else exacerbated with a rate cut.  Plus for August, both wholesale and retail inflation data shall be reported the week prior to the FOMC’s Policy Statement.  Either way, if next week brings poor data for August’s payrolls, that shall be cut-friendly.

    “But mmb, if jobs go down and inflation goes up, then what?”

    ‘Twould be ever so stagflative, dear Squire, such that the Fed may have to simply sit on its hands in being “…attentive to the risks to both sides of its dual mandate…”  Not great.  Add in the ongoing, ridiculous overvaluation of the S&P 500, and September may not be a very happy month, (unless one holds Gold).

    Indeed as we next turn to our year-to-date standings of the BEGOS Markets, the Metals Triumvirate continues to own the podium, with Silver (as we’ve herein anticipated) rightly topping the stack in regaining $40/oz. by her rallying comeback:

    Therein we also see the severely-stretched S&P 500 up +9.8% to this point, but actually underperforming the full percentage changes of the prior two years.  And now with September in the balance, ‘twouldn’t be untoward by year-end to find the S&P in the red (see later our closing graphic).

    Yet in looking at the BEGOS bunch across the past 21 trading days (one month), let’s go ’round the horn by their respective daily bars, grey trendlines and “Baby Blues”, the dots which depict each trend’s day-to-day consistency.  And specific to the Bond, yesterday was its worst net daily change since 15 August, that day having been a week prior to non-committal FedChair Powell in Jackson Hole.  So, are the “Bond Ghouls” (hat-tip the late Louis Rukeyser) thinking the Fed may not cut come 17 September?  That would not make for a happy head of The Executive Branch in Washington: 

    However on a happier note, let’s go to Gold’s percentage track from one year ago-to-date along with our usual top-tier precious metals equities.  And from “worst-to-first” — the leverage of the equities over Gold really now standing out — they rank as:  Gold itself +38%, Newmont (NEM) +41%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +51%, Pan American Silver (PAAS) +60%, the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) +61%, the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) +72%, and Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +75%.  Cue Steve Miller from back in ’76: “Fly Like an Eagle”:

    Next let’s zoom in on the 10-day Market Profiles for Gold on the left and our star player Sister Silver on the right, the respective white bars being yesterday’s settles.  To borrow from a 1913 newspaper advertisement for Ohio’s Piqua Auto Supply House, “One look is worth a thousand words“.  Thus in this case, nothing else need be said:

    Too, words are challenging by which to come as we turn to Gold’s Structure per the monthly bars since 2010.  But unlike the S&P 500 — which for month-after-month has been valued pathetically beyond perfection despite unsupportive earnings — Gold remains priced (per our opening Scoreboard) at a discount to Dollar debasement.  Got Gold?

    For this week’s missive we’ve saved the Economic Barometer toward the end as it segues well with what we’re perceiving as the perfect September storm.  As aforementioned, across the past 24 years the S&P 500’s cumulative percentage changes for September come to -32.3%; moreover from the “7/11 Dept.”, seven of the past 11 Septembers have finished in the red.  And what if en rout the Fed does not budge on 17 September?

    Again, August job creation (or lack thereof) works in the Fed’s cutting favour.  And the Chicago Purchasing Managers’ Index for the month just came in as quite sour, down from July’s 47.1 — and missing by a mile the consensus for 46.0 — at 41.5.  Yet on the other hand, (hat-tip Bloomy), Chicago FedPrez (and FOMC voting member) Austan “The Gools” Goolsbee is less concerned about the employment picture than the inflation outlook.  Also, both Personal Income and Spending increased their paces for July.  Further too, of the past week’s 12 incoming Econ Baro metrics, just four were worse period-over-period.  Therefore:  does apparent economic strength warrant cutting the rate?  The perfect September storm indeed:

    Thus into September we go with this friendly graphic reminder:

    Reprised query:  “Do you know where your stops are?”

    Here’s to Gold and Super Stellar Silver!

    Cheers!

    …m…

    The Gold Update: No. 823 – (23 August 2025) – “Gold Gains a Little; Dollar Drools Spittle; Powell Non-Committal”

    by

    The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 823rd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 23 August 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

    “Gold Gains a Little; Dollar Drools Spittle; Powell Non-Committal“

    With reference to the above title’s adjective “non-committal”, let’s open with another of our infamous pop quizzes!  Ready?

    In Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell’s address yesterday (Friday) from ever-stunningly magnificent Jackson Hole, how many times did he say either the word “reduce” or “cut”?

    By FinMedia reports, multitudinous times.  Hat-tip NBC News in quoting one independent strategist:

    • “Today’s speech could not be more clear that Powell is ready to cut rates on September 17th…”

    But if you said “Not once!” — that neither “reduce” nor “cut” was mentioned — you are correct!

    Thus, the highlight of the “Nuthin’ but Fed!” week was The Chairman (to invoke an apt double negative) not saying the Open Market Committee would not cut rates.  Still, to his credit, he acknowledged the Fed’s current monetary stance as “modestly restrictive” such that the Eccles Building bunch shall “carefully” proceed to assess if conditions “may warrant” a shift in policy.

    But in which direction? Clearly from the opposite end of the spectrum, the prior week’s report of wholesale inflation via July’s Producer Price Index may well warrant a rate hike, given that month’s annualized +10.8% pace.  (Such fact was deftly skirted in the address, but sorry Jay baby,  somebody has to do the math).

    Regardless, more observed in the offing (double entendre) come the “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures’ readings for July (due next Friday, 29 August) followed by August’s PPI (10 September) and (yikes?) Consumer Price Index (11 September).  Then we’ve the FOMC’s Policy Statement (17 September), centered in the month which for the S&P 500 historically is at its worst:  through the 24 Septembers century-to-date, that month’s cumulative S&P change is -32.3%.

    Either way, equities enthusiasts interpreted The Chairman’s remarks as 100% confirmation the Fed will cut its FundsRate on 17 September:  ’tis already a done deal, which in turn elicited the S&P 500 returning up to within two points (at 6479) of its all-time high (6481) in sporting the year’s 12th-best net daily gain (+1.5%). The mighty Index settled its week at 6467, putting the “live” price/earnings ratio at an affordable 45.5x and ever so attractive yield at 1.215%; (yes, for you WestPalmBeachers down there, ’tis italicized cynicism).

    So with the perception, (or perhaps better stated, “hope”) of cheaper StateSide money on the way, the Dollar drooled spittle.  The currency’s concoction called “Dixie” suffered on Friday its 13th-worst single-day high-to-low percentage drop (-1.3%) through the 166 trading sessions year-to-date, (just in case you’re scoring at home).  For when the U.S pays less, elsewhere may be best:  by sovereign rates, within “Dixie”, Canada (4.95%) tops the U.S. (4.50%); or beyond that, for example, there’s Iceland’s Króna (7.50%) if one can absorb a currency-risk profile that is more chilling.

    ‘Course here at deMeadville, we prefer an alternative currency:  Gold … albeit hardly is it robust at present.  For bang on time following last week’s piece “Gold Sensing Seasonal Sluggishness”, price just recorded (both by points and percentage) its narrowest trading week of the 34 year-to-date, toward settling at 3417. From low-to-high, Gold’s up week spanned “only” +70 points (+2.1%), netting a change of just half that.  Here ’tis as Gold gains a little:

    Indeed, Gold’s weekly parabolic trend remains comfortably Long with -241 points of “wiggle room” down to the ensuing week’s “flip-to-Short” level of 3176.  And any further foaming-at-the-mouth by the Dollar’s decline generally works favourably for Gold.  However, we duly point out that price’s daily parabolic trend is now Short as of last Tuesday.

    Yet, have a look at this next measure for assessing the ebb and flow of Gold:  direct from the both the website’s Market Rhythms and Gold pages, we bring you price’s 12-hour MACD (moving average convergence divergence).  With our usual disclaimer that nothing in hindsight works in perpetuity, this Market Rhythm of late has been top-rate.  The 10 most recent crossings (from 30 May-to-date) of the 12-hour MACD have produced — again in hindsight — minimum price follow-throughs of 20+ points either Long or Short, (even as “Shorting Gold is a bad idea”).

    But we’ve this cautionary note thereto:  as suggested, the perfection of hindsight calculates exiting at 20 points of gain, for instead if having purely swung from one signal to the next — in turn suffering “give back” — ‘twould have been a consistently losing proposition.  Therefore (yet again):  cash management, as ever, is King.  Still, let’s graphically look at Gold’s 12-hour bars across the past five months:  when the MACD is positive, price is in green, else in red if the MACD is negative, such as to portray a reasonable sense of near-term direction.  At the foot of the graphic is the track of the MACD itself.

    “But hardly is it perfection, mmb, as you say there’s a lot of ‘give back’ in every case…”

    For which we’ve obligingly noted, Squire, per the aforementioned cash management quip.  Market Rhythms can be profitable along the trail, but eventually fail as the trend turns tail.

    And talking of turning tail, the Economic Barometer is appearing a bit pale.  To be sure, Spring’s decline reversed into Summer’s climb.  But since the Baro’s recent peak (31 July), reports have not been as sweet … which ought eventuate into a FedFunds rate cut, barring inflation’s eliciting a stagflative gut-punch.

    Thus far in August, the Econ Baro has taken in 37 metrics, of which only 14 (38%) have improved period-over-period.  So hardly was it a surprise that Thursday’s lagging indicators for July per the Conference Board’s report of “Leading Indicators” came in at -0.1%.  ‘Tis the sixth month in the past seven such measure has been negative … “so someone please fax the Fed and tell them to cut right now!”  Anyhooo, here’s the Baro as the “Dog Days of August” continue:

    Meanwhile, to Gold’s two-panel display we next go featuring the daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left and 10-day Market Profile on the right.  The Dollar’s end-of-week demise gave Gold some rise, albeit by the track of the baby blue dots depicting regression trend consistency, seasonal sluggishness continues.  The good news is per Gold’s Profile, present price appears well volume-supported:

    With the similar graphic display for Silver, whilst her price track (below left) remains much like that of the yellow metal, Friday’s “Powell Boost” moved the white metal well up into her Profile (below right).  That in turn brought the Gold/Silver ratio down to now 87.9x, its lowest daily reading so far this month.  ‘Course, with the ratio’s century-to-date average at 69.3x, Sister Silver is still a steal relative to Gold.  And as we mused two missives ago, 40.00 Silver is not that far to go from here at 38.80:

    To wrap, ’tis the Stack.

    The Gold Stack (continuous contract pricing):

    Gold’s Value per Dollar Debasement, (from our opening “Scoreboard”):  3864
    Gold’s All-Time Intra-Day High:  3534 (08 August 2025)
    2025’s High:  3534 (08 August 2025)
    Gold’s All-Time Closing High:  3483 (07 August 2025)
    Trading Resistance:  by the Profile, none of note
    Gold Currently:  3417, (expected daily trading range [“EDTR”]:  44 points)
    Trading Support:  by the Profile 3417 / 3405 / 3394 / 3383 / 3369
    10-Session “volume-weighted” average price magnet:  3394
    10-Session directional range:  down to to 3354 (from 3465) = -111 points or -3.2%
    The Weekly Parabolic Price to flip Short:  3176
    The 300-Day Moving Average:  2883 and rising
    2025’s Low:  2625 (06 January)
    The 2000’s Triple-Top:  2089 (07 Aug ’20); 2079 (08 Mar’22); 2085 (04 May ’23)
    The Gateway to 2000:  1900+
    The Final Frontier:  1800-1900
    The Northern Front:  1800-1750
    On Maneuvers:  1750-1579
    The Floor:  1579-1466
    Le Sous-sol:  Sub-1466
    The Support Shelf:  1454-1434
    Base Camp:  1377
    The 1360s Double-Top:  1369 in Apr ’18 preceded by 1362 in Sep ’17
    Neverland:  The Whiny 1290s
    The Box:  1280-1240

    Next we’ve Summer’s final snoozer week for August … but for the Econ Baro robust?  Or a just a bust?  12 incoming metrics are scheduled including as aforementioned on Friday “The Big One”:  July’s PCE.  What shall it be?  One can wait and see…

    Or garner more Gold if you please!

    Cheers!

    …m…

    The Gold Update: No. 822 – (16 August 2025) – “Gold Sensing Seasonal Sluggishness”

    by

    The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 822nd Edition — Monte-Carlo — 16 August 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

    “Gold Sensing Seasonal Sluggishness“

    When we blow it, we’re obliged to show it.  For after last week’s scintillating song and dance about a “Double Shot of that Golden Love”, Gold this past week succumbed as a fallen dove, now further facing a stint of “sluggish seasonality” per the shaded strip in the above graphic encompassing these last four years.

    “Well, don’t beat up on yourself too much, mmb, as you did leave the door open for a down week…”

    And “down” indeed was this past week’s direction, Squire, Gold settling yesterday (Friday) at 3382, price sporting just its 11th lower week of the 33 year-to-date, and therein the fifth worst of those 11 downers by both percentage (-2.2%) and points (-77).  But to Squire’s observance, let’s update our cautionary graphic from a week ago of John Bollinger’s Bands on Gold by the day since April.  This is the original graphic then presented, onto which we’ve added the past week’s five trading days:

    You’ll recall a week ago our opining that — despite Gold having pierced the upper band — that this time price would break even more to the upside (the “?”) rather than decline (the “!”) as otherwise has been its wont as you can see per the prior “white lines” following such upside piercings.  So technically the upper band as a barrier again prevailed, as did fundamentally the 180° reversal on the initial Swiss Gold “Trump Tariff!”  price spike.  Note too in the graphic that Gold’s recently new daily parabolic Long trend (the rightmost blue dots below price) appears to be nearing its end.

    Fortunately as we turn to Gold’s bars from a year ago-to-date, the blue-dotted weekly parabolic Long trend is still easily in force, price today at 3382 substantially above the “flip-to-Short” level for the coming week of 3162, albeit as entitled, “sluggish seasonality” may be ensuing:

     

    Indeed as highlighted by the shaded band in our opening Gold Scoreboard, we are entering what through the years has been a period of “sluggish seasonality” for Gold:  century-to-date, the median net change for Gold across these next three calendar weeks has been 2% either way.  ‘Tis that time of year when the so-called “Dog Days of August” remind us from mid-month onward that vacations still linger ahead of the markets’ September hand-wringer.  For even as the “Casino 500” (its “live” price/earnings ratio now 46.3x) ascends ever further up into the Stoopid Zone, the amount of money requisite today to move the mighty S&P one point is but 50% of that just two months ago on 16 June.

    ‘Course, that won’t be on CNBS, but we are very wary of just how thin (emboldened) markets have become, which adds of course to the case for a massive “correction” (mildly put) come the fall (double entendre).  Query:  do you know where your equities’ stops are?

    “But Q2 Earnings Season just finished and it was pretty good, eh mmb?”

    Squire, ’twas fairly ok.  As usual, the FinMedia fawned all over the beating of estimates (marketing tool) rather than comparatively assessing results vis-à-vis the prior year’s like quarter (your investment).

    Specific to the S&P 500, 79% of the 435 reporting constituents exceeded analysts’ estimates, the largest percentage since Q2 of 2024.  As to the far more important reality of companies actually having made more money for shareholders, such ignored stat of 67% so did:  that’s one pip above the 66% average for such year-over-year quarterly improvement across the past nine years.  Here’s our chart by the quarter since 2017 for the percentage of reports beating estimates versus actually improving, (the dashed green line being the evolving average thereto):

    And thus speaking of stocks, let’s straightaway segue to the Economic Barometer along with the S&P 500 (red line) from a year ago-to-date.  The S&P seemingly is making new highs by the day (regardless of constituents’ earnings support, and often the lack thereof), whilst the Econ Baro after its recent up binge is suddenly suffering a bit of a twinge.  The Baro took in 15 metrics this past week … of which only five bettered their prior period.  Thus from the “Math Dept.”  it stands to reason that rising stock prices + frail metric improvements = higher price/earnings ratios (meaning for those of you scoring at home that ’tis difficult for economically-challenged earnings to keep pace with higher stock prices).  ‘Course in this Investing Age of Stoopid, nobody cares (yet). Have a nice day:

    Moreover, therein came came the “Whopper of the Week“:  per the above graphic, wholesale inflation for July as measured by the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Producer Price Index roared in at +0.9% for both the headline and core readings, in turning bringing the headline 12-month summation to +2.9%, that for the core to +3.3%, and both annualized strictly by July to (deep breath…) +10.8%!  As penned Friday in the website’s Prescient  commentary:  “…July’s very inflationary PPI ought make it clear for no rate cut perhaps through the balance of this year…”  (Sorry Michelle).

    Yet notwithstanding the BLS arguably losing data credibility, the Federal Reserve leans more toward the Bureau of Economic Statistics for its Personal Consumption Expenditures inflation read:  ’tis due 29 August.  Then the next Open Market Committee Policy Statement comes 17 September, even after the BLS inflation data for August.  But if the data again is hot, do they … (don’t say it) … raise?  ‘Twould be marvy timing to match with a September S&P crash.  On verra…  Reprise:  do you know where your equities’ stops are?

    We know where our “Baby Blues” are for the precious metals:  they’re out of puff.  To our two-panel graphic of the daily bars from three months ago-to-date on the left for Gold and on the right for Silver.  The baby blue dots reflect regression trend consistency, for which neither metal presently is positive, nor are the respective structures of their rightmost bars:

    Then too we’ve the 10-day Market Profiles for the yellow metal (below left) and white metal (below right).  Although the price of Gold obviously is down in the dumper, Silver sees mid-Profile support at the depicted 37.90 level.  But to avoid a Silver slip, Gold need get a grip:

    To wrap, we’ve already reviewed inflation’s “Whopper of the Week“.  Let us thus close with our favourite “Headline of the Week“, courtesy of Bloomy just last evening.  Ready?

    • “Wall Street Wrestles With Hedging Conundrum as Valuations Swell”.

    Cue a pet quip of ours:  “They’re just figuring this out now?”  ‘Tis to laugh, but let’s try to help those floundering in Manhattan’s financial canyons.  The S&P 500 settled yesterday at a near-record high 6450 with the aforementioned p/e ratio of 46.3x and paltry yield of 1.201%.  What that means for you WestPalmBeachers down there is in purchasing the S&P right now, you are paying $46.30 for something that earns $1, (plus some dividend change for your usage of gas station toilets), along with the thrill of your $46.30 being halved upon the next -50% market “correction”; (recall we’ve already had two such “corrections” thus far this century).  Instead, one can opt for the U.S. Treasury’s 3-month Bill currently yielding an annualized 4.112% and return of the Bill’s face value.  So what’s the conundrum, eh?

    “Well, you’d have to trust the U.S. Treasury’s solvency, mmb…”

    Good point, Squire.  So alternatively…

    Got yours?

    Cheers!

    …m…

    The Gold Update: No. 821 – (09 August 2025) – “Double Shot of that Golden Love”

    by

    The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 821st Edition — Monte-Carlo — 09 August 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

    “Double Shot of that Golden Love“

    Back in ’63, Dick Holler & the Holidays crooned a tune (penned by Don Smith and Cyril Vetter) entitled “Double Shot (Of My Baby’s Love)”.  The catchy piece has since been covered ‘twould seem some 5,000 times, similar to Gold’s being recognized as real money for some 5,000 years.  Be that exaggerative or otherwise, we’ve just been gifted a “Double Shot of that Golden Love” as follows:

    • Shot One:  as you regular readers already know, just back on 25 July, Gold’s weekly parabolic trend formally flipped from Short-to-Long;

    • Shot Two:  price’s settle this past Thursday (3483) in turn confirmed Gold’s daily parabolic trend also flipping to Long.

    “I’m feelin’ the love there, mmb!”

    As well we ought, Squire.  Toward settling yesterday (Friday) at 3458, Gold’s “continuous contract” en route made an All-Time High at 3534, albeit that needs a bit of qualification, by which again we bullet-point three types:

    • Spot Gold:  is the de facto hard-money resource, the official All-Time High for which is 3500 as traded this past 22 April;

    • Continuous Gold:  is the chaining together of futures contracts (Gold’s most liquid trading form) such as to present (per our weekly bars graphic) a continuous history of the futures price, its new All-Time High just achieved as noted yesterday at 3534;

    • December Gold:  is the current so-called “front-month” futures contract, its All-Time High too achieved back on 22 April at 3586 (when June was then the “front-month”, with its 3510 high).

    Regardless of which All-Time High you prefer to apply, what we now see as key is December’s 3586 being relatively short-lived (no pun) given the timing of this fresh “Double Shot of that Golden Love”, should price evolve similarly as it has by both the various weekly and daily parabolic Long trends across the past 10 years.

    Recall from two missives ago our historical table of Gold’s prior 10 weekly parabolic Long trends having produced average upside price follow-through of +10%, which applied to this stint would find Gold well up into the 3600s.  And per our Market Rhythms’ analyses, Gold’s best study for pure swing consistency is its daily parabolics, presently ranked (on a 24-test basis) at No.1 of the 405 rhythms tested nightly.

    All of which in an encapsulated Golden nugget means we anticipate still higher highs through these ensuing weeks.

    That stated, even the best markets’ analyses are no holy grail, provably as signals can — and do — fail.  To wit, beware of John Bollinger and his Band(s).  The following graphic depicts December Gold by the day from this past April-to-date.  The two encircled rightmost wee blues dots are, of course, the commencement of this new daily parabolic Long trend for Gold.  However, we’ve also applied the two violet Bollinger Bands, the upper through which — at Friday’s open — price penetrated (thank you StateSide tariff on Swiss Gold … see our close).  Therein, note price’s imminent decline per the white lines after such prior upside penetrations:

    “But it’s different this time, right mmb?”

    Our sharp-eyed Squire gets it.  Unlike the graphic’s prior “white-line” declines following upper Bollinger Band penetrations occurring into already well-established parabolic Long — and even Short — trends, this time ’round we’ve the “Double Shot of that Golden Love” of both the weekly and daily versions having instead just commenced.  Further, being this near to the next All-Time High per the December contract (3586), we sense the net trading push is in that direction, (in turn slapping the Shorts silly).  So as we turn to Gold’s weekly bars from a year ago-to-date, clearly the slant is toward still higher levels:

    More broadly, here next we’ve Gold by the day across the past 15 years-to-date, notably with respect to price’s once highly-regarded 300-day moving average.  The Gold Short may argue that price is far too high above the average.  To which the Bull shall snort and retort that price today (3458) vis-à-vis the value of Gold by Dollar debasement (3861) is at a very attractive -10% discount.  Don’t pull the wool over the bull:

    Yet just as Gold remains undervalued relative to its most foundational metric of Dollar debasement, so does the S&P 500 remain overvalued (understatement) to its most foundational metric of earnings.  With but a week to run in Q2 Earnings Season, an above-average 79% have beaten The Street’s marketing tool known as “estimates” … but just 67% — only one pip above the historical mean — have improved their year-over-year quarterly performance.  Is it any wonder the “live” price/earnings ratio is 46.7x?  Baffling is the S&P red line in the Baro:

    As to the Econ Baro itself, the past week’s set of incoming data points elicited a bit of a negative bent:  of the eight reports, just three bettered their prior period result, Q2 Productivity being the star there in swinging from -1.8% in Q1 to now +2.4%.  The five stinkers were lowlighted by Factory Orders, after being +8.3% for May, shrinking -4.8% in June.  Oh yes, and with respect to last Tuesday’s -0.5% “the world is ending” drop in the S&P, ’twas ever so severely blamed on the Institute for Supply Management Services Index’s wee July drop from June’s to 50.8 to now 50.1.  ‘Course, this time of year, the FinMedia desks are staffed by summer interns:  “Hey, look at this plunge!  That’s headline stuff, man!”  (They’d be better off in Summer School learning arithmetic).

    As for Gold’s Friday “Spike n’ Plunge”, ’tis the rightmost bar below on the left as we view the lot across the past three months-to-date.  Whilst arguably a “failure day”, of greater import are the rising “Baby Blues” indicative of the regression uptrend nonetheless gaining strength.  Too, on the right, price remains in the upper-third of the 10-day Market Profile, the most volume-dominant underlying supporter being 3431:

    But not exactly similar is the like graphic for Silver.  Her “Baby Blues” (below left) are falling away as the regression trend has rotated to negative; but perhaps ’tis mostly momentary given her price getting a grip across recent sessions.  And by her Market Profile (below right), 38.25 shows as key support.  Moreover, how close is Sweet Sister Silver to 40!  She has not traded at that handle since 21 September 2011!  And we have to think that given Gold getting on the move per both its fresh daily and weekly parabolic Long trends, Silver ought finally get swept up over 40.  “C’mon Sister Silver!!”

    As teased, let’s close with the high-drama event of the week:  the evoking of “Tariff Terror!” on Gold bars  of both one kilogram and 100 ounces imported from Switzerland into the U.S.  And with the utmost respect for our beloved Swiss family to the north of us, we had to chuckle.  We don’t know how many folks StateSide regularly engage in buying 1kg bars of Swiss Gold (currently $122k/bar + 39% tariff = $170k/bar), let alone nearly triple that for a 100/oz. bar.  Regardless, our mobile phone here lit up with chaotic panic over the 39% imposition, (for which ’tis now said may be misinterpreted).

    ‘Course, unlike today’s FinMedia, the late great Paul Harvey would have additionally reported to us “the rest of the story”.  To be sure, after having settled Thursday at 3482,  four minutes into Friday’s session found Gold having spiked +1.5% to the aforementioned new “continuous contract” All-Time High of 3534.  But “left out of the story” was that 31 minutes into the session, Gold was back down to where it had ended Thursday.  Further, the Swiss Franc was completely docile over it all, trading just 54% of its EDTR (“expected daily trading range”) on Friday.  As for Gold, here is Friday’s first hour of trading by the minute, courtesy of the “If You Blinked, You Missed It Dept.”:

    Either way, our double-shot bottom line is:  do not miss out in owning Gold, and Silver too with $40/oz. in view!

    Cheers!

    …m…

    The Gold Update: No. 820 – (02 August 2025) – “Turbulence in The Metals Triumvirate”

    by

    The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 820th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 02 August 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

    “Turbulence in The Metals Triumvirate“

    As you studied aficionados of deMeadville well know, we refer to those BEGOS Markets comprising Gold, Silver and Copper as “The Metals Triumvirate”.  And lately, turbulent indeed has been its components’ price paths:

    • Gold from 23 July through 30 July fell by as much as -5.4%;
    • Silver from 23 July through 31 July fell by as much as -9.1%;
    • Copper from 23 July through 31 July fell by as much as -27.3% (ain’t no typo).

    Then specific to the week just past, Silver had no net weekly gain, and worse, “economy-leading, but now tariff-butt-kicked” Copper had no hope, period.

    However, Gold was a gainer, its December contract settling yesterday (Friday) at 3416 for an actual net weekly advance of +0.7% (+23 points).  Gold’s so-called “continuous contract” gained +2.3% (+78 points) given +54 points of fresh price premium per the August contract having rolled forward to December.

    Thus, this being a graphics-rich “end-of-month, plus-a-day” edition of The Gold Update, let’s get going with the yellow metal’s weekly bars by the continuous contract from one year ago-to-date, highlighted by a second week of the fresh parabolic Long trend.  The run from here to the All-Time High (3510 on 22 April) is another +2.8% (+94 points).  And as we detailed a week ago, given recent parabolic Long trend history, that is reasonably within range during this stint:

    As for Sister Silver — sadly donned in her industrial metal jacket — she was pulled down in sympathy with Cousin Copper’s colossal collapse, the Gold/Silver ratio in turn leaping from 87.1x just a week ago to now 92.1x (as above depicted).  Surely Silver shall swiftly come to her senses and re-don her precious metal pinstripes.  Either way, she’s had an amazing year-to-date, second only to Gold as we turn to our BEGOS Markets Standings.  Think things are uncertain out there?  Look at the top three podium positions:

    Indeed for the precious metals at large, “Up!” has been “It!”  From this time a year ago-to-date, here we’ve the following percentage tracks of Pan American Silver (PAAS) +22%, Franco-Nevada (FNV) +27%, Newmont (NEM) +32%, Gold itself +37%, the Global X Silver Miners exchange-traded fund (SIL) and the VanEck Vectors Gold Miners exchange-traded fund (GDX) both +42%, and ever-amazing Agnico Eagle Mines (AEM) +67%.  Is livin’ with equities’ leverage your favourite beverage?  Per the “It All Depends From Where You Start Dept.”, Gold itself has been the Big Winner from 2020-to-date:  +124%; the balance of the equities bunch then range from +103% for AEM down to +14% for PAAS … just in case yer scorin’ at home.  Here’s the year-over-year graphic:

    As entitled, “turbulence” has characterized The Metals Triumvirate of late.  ‘Tis starkly evident here in going ’round the horn for all eight BEGOS Markets.  Each frame depicts that market’s last 21 trading days (one month), grey trendline and “Baby Blues”, the directionally-leading dots which define the trendline’s day-to-day consistency.  Specific to the metals’ turbulence, Gold has well-recovered most of its recent plunge; but not so Silver, nor clearly Copper.  However:  we see the biggest story therein as the S&P 500 (“SPOO”).  We’ve purposefully re-coloured several of its blue dots in red, as when they fall (from above the +80% area), we anticipate lower prices.  And akin to Copper, that’s one heckova long-anticipated S&P “Whoopsie!” in the lower righthand panel:

    “But was yesterday just a one-day wonder-plunge for the S&P, mmb?”

    Squire, if the market is at long-last coming to its senses, en route to reverting to important means — be they fundamental, technical or quantitative — no ’twas not a one-day wonder.  As posted only internally for deMeadville on Thursday evening, (the S&P then 6339 and now 6238):

    • “IF this is the beginning of the broad correction, the initial fib golden ratio retracement (basis today’s high to April’s low) is down to 5861; then the mid-point is 5673; then the full golden ratio retracement is to 5485.  Retracement to the top of the  55-year regression channel is  4513.  And retracement to the top of the “had covid never happened” regression channel is 2941.”

    But that boldly stated, you know how this market behaves in The Investing Age of Stoopid:   “Earnings mean nothing, stocks always triple, buy every dip!”

    “You always go on about ‘earnings mean nothing’, mmb…”

    And here is why, Squire.  Look at the ongoing Q2 Earnings Season, (with two weeks to run in the balance).  80% of the S&P 500 reporting constituents have beaten the investment banker’s marketing tool known as “estimates”.  Yeah, ok, so that’s cute.  But comparatively, only 65% have actually done better year-over-year, which is a slightly below average pace.  That never gets any notice.  And with the honestly-calculated “live” P/E of the S&P now 46.5x but hardly any dividend yield (1.233%) versus “risk-free” (gulp!) short-term U.S. dough paying 4.182%, the problem is obvious:  the overall level of S&P 500 earnings is not sustainable for price.  Period.  We’ve been through this before — and barring Stoopid continuing to prevail — here it comes again.  For whenever the next material correction does come, the fear factor shall be massive:  “But, we were never taught about ‘selling’!”  Have the popcorn ready.

    Moving on to the Federal Reserve, when was the last time you read dissent into the foot of the Open Market Committee’s Policy Statement?  Oh to be sure, there’s been some minor disagreement in recent years; but this past Wednesday, both Ms. Bowman and Mr. Waller voted in the minority for a -0.25 basis points reduction in the bank’s Funds Rate, which instead rightly was maintained in the target range of 4.25%-to-4.50%.

    Meanwhile, President Trump’s contention is that a rate cut is absolutely necessary because (paraphrasing):  “the economy is strong and inflation is low”.  Having spoken with a number of market mavens ’round here, all agree that opinion makes no economic sense.  Moreover, inflation has reversed its recent pace of slowing and is again growing.  Here’s our June Inflation Summary table, nonetheless noting therein the benign wholesale pace of the Producer Price Index.  Still, “Fed-favoured” Personal Consumption Expenditures ratcheted higher:

     

    As to the past week’s biggest surprise, for us ’twas the initial read of Stateside Q2 Gross Domestic Product:  the consensii had it pegged for a +2.5% annualized pace, whereas we wouldn’t have been surprised by a negative pace given both the leading Q2 fallout in the Economic Barometer along with the Conference Board’s lagging report of “Leading Indicators” which hasn’t been positive since last December.  So what happened?  The GDP came in at +3.0%.  To quote John Patrick McEnroe:  “You canNOT be SERious!!”  –[The All England Lawn Tennis & Croquet Club, 22 June, 1981].  Let’s see what the first GDP revision is come 28 August.  Here’s the Baro:

    Indeed, of the Baro’s 18 incoming metrics last week, 10 improved period-over-period.  Cursiously though again, July’s ADP Employment creation directionally differed from Labor’s Payrolls.  The former beat consensus and had June favourably revised; the latter missed consensus and had June unfavourably revised.  Reprise:  “It depends thus on who’s counting what.“

    What we can count on from week-to-week are the 10-day Market Profiles for the precious metals.  And next on the left we’ve that for Gold (in December pricing), the present 3416 level being the white bar near the Profile’s center.  But on the right, Silver’s dallying with Copper finds her price (37.11) lower down in the stack.  “C’mon, Sister Silver…”:

    Naturally it being month-end, plus one trading day, here is the monthly Gold Structure for the past 15 years.  The rightmost green bar is merely Friday (yesterday) alone, it having been 01 August.  ‘Tis been quite the run for Gold across this time frame, ‘specially after only just two-to-four years ago when Gold’s infamous Triple-Top pricing was “Dancing on the ceiling…”, –[Lionel Richie, ’86]:

    Metals turbulence notwithstanding, next week is a bit more benign for the Econ Baro with just eight metrics due, including improved (purportedly) Productivity for Q2.  Are you productively maintaining a sound supply of Gold?

    Cheers!

    …m…

    The Gold Update: No. 819 – (26 July 2025) – “Gold Ends Its Short Spell; But Then Falls Pell-Mell”

    by

    The Gold Update by Mark Mead Baillie — 819th Edition — Monte-Carlo — 26 July 2025 (published each Saturday) — www.deMeadville.com

    “Gold Ends Its Short Spell; But Then Falls Pell-Mell“

    We open with both Good News and Bad News for Gold:

    The Good News is this past Wednesday at 00:21 GMT, Gold provisionally ended its 10-week parabolic Short spell upon breaking above 3449, confirmation then coming at the (albeit quite a bit lower) 3339 settle yesterday (Friday).

    The Bad News is in surpassing 3449 by only a few points to 3452, Gold then fell pell-mell through the week’s balance to as low as 3323 — a three-day -3.7% El Plungo (technical term) of -129 points — en route to the noted 3339 settle.

    Thus Gold has begun its new weekly parabolic Long trend by going the wrong way, in turn sporting its sixth worst “points given up” from high to settle of the year’s 30 weeks-to-date.  ‘Twas not a beautiful thAng.  Either way, here year-over-year are Gold’s weekly bars, featuring its fresh rightmost encircled parabolic Long trend blue dot, which in itself always is a beautiful thAng:

    ‘Course, one trend’s inference is not necessarily that of all measures on the same time frame.  As herein posted in our 28 June missive, we’ve since updated Gold’s weekly bars for these past three calendar years along with the MACD (“moving average convergence divergence”) study.  And by that construct, it keeps the “bad idea” of being Short — rather than Long — on the table, given the recent and still ongoing negative MACD crossover.  However, we don’t sense ’tis that worrying:

    Nonetheless cited, let’s go the “What To Do? Dept.”  Clearly by Gold’s upward slant across the above graphic, the Long side has been the right side.  ‘Tis easy to prove mathematically:  in purely swinging solely on the Short trends of Gold’s last five weekly MACD negative crossovers, the silly Shorts have amassed a single contract loss of -$57,500; whereas purely swinging on Gold’s last five weekly Parabolic Long trends is a single contract gain of +$69,600.  Reprise:  “Shorting Gold is a bad idea.”  Case closed.

    “So because the parabolic trend now is up means another all-time high is coming, right mmb?”

    Squire, whilst over time inevitably yes, ’tis hardly “automatic” during this new Long stint.  But we conservatively give it a 60% chance of occurring given the following table’s statistics.  Therein we display the performance of Gold’s last 10 weekly parabolic Long trends.  Bearing in mind that from here at 3339, Gold need gain at least +5.2% on this trend to reach 3511, (the current All-Time High being 3510 since 22 April).  So why a 60% chance of getting there?  In the “Max Gain” column, six of the 10 trends bettered +5.2%.  Further, why “conservatively”?  Because the both the average and median gains of Long trend are basically +10%.  Moreover, solely in that +10% vacuum with durations running 13-15 weeks, November would bring us Gold 3700.  That’s not a predication, rather a reasonable assessment of potential upside range, barring this Long trend becoming Short-lived.  Here’s the table:

    And to be sure, there’s a lot on the mid-summer table to affect the price of Gold.  Most imminently, next Wednesday (30 July) brings The Big Double-Whammy of StateSide Q2 Gross Domestic Product followed by the Federal Open Market Committee’s Policy Statement.  Then two days hence brings 01 August and the introduction of more “Trump Tariffs!”

    Too, there’s this from the “Oh By The Way Dept.”  ‘Tis time for the U.S. Treasury to spritely come up with $7T to pay its noble holders of maturing Bills, Notes and Bonds.  According to “AI” (“Assembled Inaccuracy”), as of this year’s Q1, operating cash amounted to about $406B, which combined with other monetary assets totaled a tad over $1T for 2024.  Thus by your six-year-old’s first grade arithmetic, the Treasury is about -$6T short of its looming funding requirements.

    So who or what is going to buy all this requisite new debt?  Here’s a thought:  remember that (as we herein mathematically constructed) “all” $7T of the COVID monetary “creation” essentially found its way into the S&P 500.  So, why not have the Treasury thus promote a “group sell” of $7T in stocks with the  proceeds moving into debt at its currently attractive rates?  ‘Tis so easy, a WestPalmBeacher can do it.

    “But mmb, that might crash the stock market…”

    The stock market, Squire, is so overdue for a harrowing crash, be it driven fundamentally, technically and/or quantitatively, a “group sell” to save the U.S. Treasury would be the perfect crash catalyst.

    But with respect to Gold (and barring such selling of stocks), should the ensuing Treasury auctions be feeble, ‘twould fall to the Fed being forced to make that next BIG accounting entry to buy up the difference.  And Gold, in turn, would go upside gonzo nuts (again, a technical term).

    Speaking of stocks, we’ve run out of ways to indeed express (purposeful repeat) how we’ve run out of ways to describe the LooneyTunes overvaluation of the S&P 500.  During recent years, we’ve herein detailed in-depth (using what is today an unknown science called “math”) sensible scenarios for the “Look Ma! No Earnings!” crash and the “Look Ma! No Money!” crash.  Now let’s add to those the “That’s All, Folks!” crash, wherein upon it all going wrong, the market doesn’t so much crash as instead ’tis just closed, (rather akin to the “Look Ma! No Money!” crash).  Then again the Fed can create the difference and ’tis more upside gonzo nuts for Gold.

    As to the current state of the S&P, ’tis now 23 consecutive trading days “textbook overbought”, as well as having arrived at our “extremely overbought” classification with a sub-par Q2 Earnings Season in process.  Oh yes, we saw the CNBC[S] end-of-week headline last evening:  “S&P 500 posts fifth straight record close this week, powered by solid earnings”.  Hardly are earnings “solid”.  To wit:

    In this era of dumbing-down earnings estimates to dirt, ’tis super easy to beat ’em:  so far for Q2, we’ve 149 S&P 500 constituents having reported, of which 79% have exceeded expectations!  Why typically, only 76% so do!  Sadly however, here’s where the “solid” earnings hocus-pocus loses focus.  In an average Earnings Season,  66% of the constituents improve their bottom lines over the like quarter of a year earlier.  To this point for Q2, such rate has slowed to 63%.  ‘Course that shan’t be on CNBS, Bloomy nor FoxyB.  But ’tis why the following multiple has gone beyond stoopid:

    Again, don’t argue nor ask “AI“; just do the math.  And per last week’s piece, yes, we still sense “The Sell” shall be ever-intense.

    As to the math that makes up the Economic Barometer, as anticipated, ’twas well ahead of last Monday’s lagging indicator known as the Conference Board’s “Leading Indicators”.  So severe had been June’s Econ Baro plunge, we knew the consensii for just -0.1% shrinkage in the June reading was too timid:  rather, it came in (no surprise) at -0.3%.  Too, the month’s Existing Home Sales slowed and Durable Orders shrank.  But bailing the Baro out by just the wee-est of bits was growth in June’s New Home Sales, plus a reduction in the prior week’s Initial Jobless Claims.  So below, we’ve the whole picture from one year ago-to-date.  Duly therein note the insert of the S&P 500 futures chart for the past month (21 trading days):  we made such a song-n’-dance a week ago about the baby blue dots of trend consistency being finally in decline … but they’ve suddenly lurched back up (per the three red dots).  “Perfect timing ain’t easy…”:

     

    Back to Gold, per our opening observation, ’tis a bit of a dismal start to the fresh weekly parabolic Long trend.  You can see the selling quite starkly in the lower left-hand panel following the rightmost high of last Wednesday, the “Baby Blues” having just kinked lower, too. As for the lower right-hand panel, Gold has formed quite a bevy of overhead volume-dominant resistors as labeled:

    The like graphic for Silver shows her having also just taken a bit of a beating per her daily bars from three months ago-to-date (at left).  Still, her 10-day Market Profile suggests some safety in the 38s (at right):

    We see next week as pivotal for both Gold and the S&P.  Inclusive of the GDP, the FOMC and the renewed tariffs spree come 18 metrics for the Econ Baro’s scrutiny. As well, Gold’s contract volume rolls from that for August into that for December with better than +50 points of fresh premium, merci!   Where might your money be?

    Cheers!

    …m…